Product Detail Manual EC

User Manual: ec

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 730 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

EC-1
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
B ENGINE
CONTENTS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SECTION
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
INDEX FOR DTC ........................................................ 8
DTC No. Index ......................................................... 8
Alphabetical Index .................................................. 13
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 18
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER” ................................................................ 18
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
A/T .......................................................................... 18
Precaution .............................................................. 18
PREPARATION ......................................................... 22
Special Service Tools ............................................. 22
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 24
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 25
System Diagram ..................................................... 25
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................... 26
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................... 28
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
Speed) .................................................................... 29
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ..................... 30
Input/Output Signal Chart ....................................... 30
System Description ................................................ 30
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) ... 31
System Description ................................................ 31
Component Description .......................................... 32
CAN COMMUNICATION .......................................... 33
System Description ................................................ 33
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................... 34
Description ............................................................. 34
Component Inspection ........................................... 37
Removal and Installation ........................................ 38
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ....................... 38
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
(ORVR) ...................................................................... 41
System Description ................................................ 41
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 42
Component Inspection ........................................... 45
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ................. 47
Description ............................................................. 47
Component Inspection ........................................... 47
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-
NATS) ........................................................................ 49
Description .............................................................. 49
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 50
Introduction ............................................................. 50
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 50
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................ 51
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................... 66
OBD System Operation Chart ................................ 70
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................... 75
Basic Inspection ..................................................... 75
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................... 80
VIN Registration ..................................................... 81
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ...... 82
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ................. 82
Idle Air Volume Learning ........................................ 82
Fuel Pressure Check .............................................. 84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 88
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 88
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 94
Fail-safe Chart ........................................................ 96
Symptom Matrix Chart ............................................ 97
Engine Control Component Parts Location ..........101
Vacuum Hose Drawing .........................................109
Circuit Diagram .....................................................110
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ...........112
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ...................112
CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE) ..........................121
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function .......................134
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor .....137
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Mode .....................................................................140
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE .142
Description ............................................................142
Testing Condition ..................................................142
Inspection Procedure ............................................142
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................143
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT .......................................................................152
EC-2
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Description ............................................................152
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................152
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ...........153
Wiring Diagram .....................................................153
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................156
Ground Inspection ................................................161
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .162
Description ............................................................162
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................162
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................162
Wiring Diagram .....................................................163
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................164
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION .....................165
Description ............................................................165
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................165
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................165
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................166
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL ........................167
Description ............................................................167
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.167
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................168
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................168
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................170
Component Inspection ..........................................171
Removal and Installation ......................................171
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1
HEATER ..................................................................172
Description ............................................................172
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.172
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................172
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................172
Wiring Diagram .....................................................173
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................177
Component Inspection ..........................................179
Removal and Installation ......................................179
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER .180
Description ............................................................180
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.180
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................180
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................181
Wiring Diagram .....................................................182
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................186
Component Inspection ..........................................188
Removal and Installation ......................................189
DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE .....................................................................190
Component Description ........................................190
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.190
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................190
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................190
Wiring Diagram .....................................................191
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................195
Component Inspection ..........................................196
Removal and Installation ......................................196
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .....................................197
Component Description ........................................197
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.197
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................197
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................198
Overall Function Check .........................................199
Wiring Diagram .....................................................200
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................201
Component Inspection ..........................................205
Removal and Installation .......................................206
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .........................207
Component Description ........................................207
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.207
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................207
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................208
Wiring Diagram .....................................................209
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................210
Component Inspection ..........................................214
Removal and Installation .......................................215
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................216
Component Description ........................................216
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................216
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................216
Wiring Diagram .....................................................217
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................218
Component Inspection ..........................................220
Removal and Installation .......................................220
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ..........................221
Component Description ........................................221
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................221
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................222
Wiring Diagram .....................................................223
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................224
Component Inspection ..........................................226
Removal and Installation .......................................226
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................227
Component Description ........................................227
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.227
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................227
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................228
Wiring Diagram .....................................................229
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................231
Component Inspection ..........................................234
Removal and Installation .......................................234
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ......................................235
Component Description ........................................235
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................235
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................236
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................237
Component Inspection ..........................................238
Removal and Installation .......................................238
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ........................................239
Component Description ........................................239
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................239
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................239
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................240
EC-3
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
EC
A
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection ......................................... 241
Removal and Installation ...................................... 241
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................ 242
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 242
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 242
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 242
Component Inspection ......................................... 243
Removal and Installation ...................................... 243
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 244
Component Description ........................................ 244
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 244
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 244
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 244
Overall Function Check ........................................ 245
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 247
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 251
Removal and Installation ...................................... 254
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 255
Component Description ........................................ 255
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 255
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 255
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 255
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 257
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 261
Removal and Installation ...................................... 264
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 265
Component Description ........................................ 265
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 265
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 265
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 265
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 267
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 271
Removal and Installation ...................................... 274
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 275
Component Description ........................................ 275
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 275
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 275
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 276
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 278
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 282
Removal and Installation ...................................... 287
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 .................................... 288
Component Description ........................................ 288
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 288
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 288
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 289
Overall Function Check ........................................ 289
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 291
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 295
Component Inspection ......................................... 298
Removal and Installation ...................................... 300
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 .................................... 301
Component Description ........................................ 301
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.301
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................301
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................302
Overall Function Check ........................................303
Wiring Diagram .....................................................305
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................309
Component Inspection ..........................................316
Removal and Installation ......................................317
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 .....................................318
Component Description ........................................318
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.318
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................318
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................319
Overall Function Check ........................................319
Wiring Diagram .....................................................321
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................325
Component Inspection ..........................................328
Removal and Installation ......................................330
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
FUNCTION ..............................................................331
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................331
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................331
Wiring Diagram .....................................................333
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................337
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
FUNCTION ..............................................................343
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................343
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................343
Wiring Diagram .....................................................345
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................349
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ......................................355
Component Description ........................................355
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................355
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................355
Wiring Diagram .....................................................357
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................358
Component Inspection ..........................................360
Removal and Installation ......................................360
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ..........................361
Component Description ........................................361
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................361
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................361
Wiring Diagram .....................................................362
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................363
Component Inspection ..........................................365
Removal and Installation ......................................365
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................366
Component Description ........................................366
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.366
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................366
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................367
Wiring Diagram .....................................................368
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................370
Component Inspection ..........................................373
Removal and Installation ......................................373
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE .....................374
EC-4
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................374
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................374
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................375
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ............................................383
Component Description ........................................383
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................383
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................383
Wiring Diagram .....................................................384
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................385
Component Inspection ..........................................387
Removal and Installation ......................................387
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ..........................388
Component Description ........................................388
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.388
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................388
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................389
Wiring Diagram .....................................................390
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................392
Component Inspection ..........................................395
Removal and Installation ......................................395
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .........396
Component Description ........................................396
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................396
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................396
Wiring Diagram .....................................................398
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................401
Component Inspection ..........................................405
Removal and Installation ......................................405
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION ..................................406
Description ............................................................406
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.408
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................408
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................408
Wiring Diagram .....................................................410
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................411
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ......414
Description ............................................................414
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.415
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................415
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................415
Wiring Diagram .....................................................416
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................417
Component Inspection ..........................................418
Removal and Installation ......................................420
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR ......................421
Component Description ........................................421
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................421
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................422
Wiring Diagram .....................................................424
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................425
Component Inspection ..........................................427
Removal and Installation ......................................427
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNC-
TION ........................................................................428
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................428
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................428
Overall Function Check .........................................429
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................430
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................434
System Description ...............................................434
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................434
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................434
Overall Function Check .........................................435
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................436
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................439
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................439
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................440
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................441
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...............................447
Description ............................................................447
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.447
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................448
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................448
Wiring Diagram .....................................................449
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................451
Component Inspection ..........................................454
Removal and Installation .......................................454
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL-
UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ......................455
Description ............................................................455
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.455
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................456
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................456
Wiring Diagram .....................................................457
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................459
Component Inspection ..........................................460
Removal and Installation .......................................461
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE ......................................................................462
Component Description ........................................462
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.462
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................462
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................463
Wiring Diagram .....................................................464
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................465
Component Inspection ..........................................467
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE ......................................................................469
Component Description ........................................469
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.469
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................469
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................470
Wiring Diagram .....................................................471
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................472
Component Inspection ..........................................474
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
SENSOR ..................................................................476
Component Description ........................................476
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.476
EC-5
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
EC
A
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 476
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 477
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 477
Component Inspection ......................................... 478
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
SENSOR ................................................................. 479
Component Description ........................................ 479
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 479
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 479
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 480
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 481
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 482
Component Inspection ......................................... 485
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
SENSOR ................................................................. 486
Component Description ........................................ 486
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 486
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 486
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 487
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 488
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 489
Component Inspection ......................................... 493
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 494
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 494
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 495
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 496
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 502
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 502
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 503
Overall Function Check ........................................ 504
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 505
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ...................... 512
Component Description ........................................ 512
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 512
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 512
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 513
Removal and Installation ...................................... 513
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ...................... 514
Component Description ........................................ 514
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 514
Overall Function Check ........................................ 514
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 515
Removal and Installation ...................................... 515
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .......... 516
Component Description ........................................ 516
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 516
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 516
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 517
Removal and Installation ...................................... 517
DTC P0500 VSS ..................................................... 518
Description ........................................................... 518
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 518
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 518
Overall Function Check ........................................ 519
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 519
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 520
Description ........................................................... 520
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................520
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................520
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................521
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM .......................................522
Description ............................................................522
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................522
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................522
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................523
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR .....................................524
Component Description ........................................524
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.524
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................524
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................524
Wiring Diagram .....................................................525
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................526
Component Inspection ..........................................528
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY .......................529
Component Description ........................................529
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................529
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................529
Wiring Diagram .....................................................530
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................531
DTC P0605 ECM .....................................................533
Component Description ........................................533
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................533
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................533
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................534
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................536
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................536
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................536
Wiring Diagram .....................................................537
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................539
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH ......................................542
Component Description ........................................542
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.542
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................542
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................542
Overall Function Check ........................................543
Wiring Diagram .....................................................544
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................545
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ....551
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................551
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT ..........................552
Description ............................................................552
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................552
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................552
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................552
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............553
Description ............................................................553
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................553
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................553
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................553
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........554
Description ............................................................554
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.556
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................556
EC-6
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Overall Function Check ........................................557
Wiring Diagram .....................................................558
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................560
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ...........................564
Component Inspection ..........................................565
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................566
Component Description ........................................566
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................566
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................566
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................567
Removal and Installation ......................................567
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................568
Component Description ........................................568
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................568
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................568
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................569
Removal and Installation ......................................569
DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION ..................................570
Description ............................................................570
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.572
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................572
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................572
Wiring Diagram .....................................................574
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................575
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................577
Component Description ........................................577
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.577
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................577
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................578
Wiring Diagram .....................................................579
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................581
Component Inspection ..........................................583
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ......................585
Component Description ........................................585
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.585
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................585
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................586
Wiring Diagram .....................................................587
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................588
Component Inspection ..........................................591
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .....593
Component Description ........................................593
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................593
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................593
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................594
DTC P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..595
Component Description ........................................595
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.595
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................595
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................595
Wiring Diagram .....................................................596
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................597
Component Inspection ..........................................598
Removal and Installation ......................................599
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .................................600
Description ............................................................600
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.600
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................600
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................600
Wiring Diagram .....................................................601
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................602
Component Inspection ..........................................604
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
RELAY .....................................................................605
Component Description ........................................605
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.605
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................605
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................605
Wiring Diagram .....................................................607
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................608
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
FUNCTION ..............................................................611
Description ............................................................611
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................611
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................611
Wiring Diagram .....................................................612
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................614
Component Inspection ..........................................617
Removal and Installation .......................................617
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .........618
Component Description ........................................618
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................618
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................618
Wiring Diagram .....................................................619
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................621
Component Inspection ..........................................622
Removal and Installation .......................................622
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
ACTUATOR .............................................................623
Component Description ........................................623
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................623
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................623
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................624
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .........................625
Component Description ........................................625
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.625
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................625
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................626
Wiring Diagram .....................................................627
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................629
Component Inspection ..........................................631
Removal and Installation .......................................631
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .........................632
Component Description ........................................632
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.632
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................632
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................633
Wiring Diagram .....................................................634
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................636
EC-7
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
EC
A
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection ......................................... 639
Removal and Installation ...................................... 639
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................ 640
Component Description ........................................ 640
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 640
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 640
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 641
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 642
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 644
Component Inspection ......................................... 647
Removal and Installation ...................................... 647
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ..................................... 648
Component Description ........................................ 648
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 648
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 648
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 649
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 650
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 652
Component Inspection ......................................... 655
Removal and Installation ...................................... 655
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 ...................... 656
Component Description ........................................ 656
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 656
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 656
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 657
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 658
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 662
Removal and Installation ...................................... 666
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ......................................... 667
Component Description ........................................ 667
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 667
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 668
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 669
Component Inspection ......................................... 673
ASCD INDICATOR ................................................. 674
Component Description ........................................ 674
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 674
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 675
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 676
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ................................ 677
Description ........................................................... 677
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 677
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 677
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT .. 679
System Description .............................................. 679
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 679
Wiring Diagram .....................................................680
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................681
FUEL INJECTOR ....................................................684
Component Description ........................................684
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.684
Wiring Diagram .....................................................685
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................686
Component Inspection ..........................................691
Removal and Installation ......................................691
FUEL PUMP ............................................................692
Description ............................................................692
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.692
Wiring Diagram .....................................................693
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................694
Component Inspection ..........................................697
Removal and Installation ......................................697
IGNITION SIGNAL ..................................................698
Component Description ........................................698
Wiring Diagram .....................................................699
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................704
Component Inspection ..........................................709
Removal and Installation ......................................710
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ..................711
Component Description ........................................711
Wiring Diagram .....................................................712
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................713
Removal and Installation ......................................716
VIAS ........................................................................717
Description ............................................................717
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.718
Wiring Diagram .....................................................719
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................721
Component Inspection ..........................................725
Removal and Installation ......................................725
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ......................726
Wiring Diagram .....................................................726
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ....728
Fuel Pressure .......................................................728
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing .............................728
Calculated Load Value ..........................................728
Mass Air Flow Sensor ...........................................728
Intake Air Temperature Sensor .............................728
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................728
EGR Temperature Sensor ....................................728
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater ....................728
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater ..........................728
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) .......................729
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................729
Throttle Control Motor ...........................................729
Fuel Injector ..........................................................729
Fuel Pump ............................................................729
EC-8
Revision: July 2006
INDEX FOR DTC
2006 Quest
INDEX FOR DTC PFP:00024
DTC No. Index
EBS00QUX
NOTE:
●If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-162, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
●If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-165, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms) Reference page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
U1000 1000* 4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-162
U1001 1001*4CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-162
U1010 1010*4CONTROL UNIT (CAN) EC-165
P0000 0000 NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED. —
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-167
P0021 0021 INT/V TIM CONT-B2 EC-167
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-172
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-172
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-180
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-180
P0051 0051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) EC-172
P0052 0052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) EC-172
P0057 0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) EC-180
P0058 0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) EC-180
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-190
P0081 0081 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 EC-190
P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-197
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-207
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-207
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-216
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-216
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-221
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-221
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-227
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-227
P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR EC-235
P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR EC-239
P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN EC-242
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-244
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-255
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-265
P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-275
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) EC-288
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-301
INDEX FOR DTC
EC-9
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) EC-318
P0150 0150 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-244
P0151 0151 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-255
P0152 0152 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-265
P0153 0153 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-275
P0157 0157 HO2S2 (B2) EC-288
P0158 0158 HO2S2 (B2) EC-301
P0159 0159 HO2S2 (B2) EC-318
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 EC-331
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 EC-343
P0174 0174 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 EC-331
P0175 0175 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 EC-343
P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR EC-355
P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-361
P0183 0183 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-361
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-366
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-366
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-374
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE EC-374
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE EC-374
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE EC-374
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE EC-374
P0305 0305 CYL 5 MISFIRE EC-374
P0306 0306 CYL 6 MISFIRE EC-374
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-383
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-383
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-388
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-396
P0345 0345 CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-396
P0400 0400 EGR SYSTEM EC-406
P0403 0403 EGR VOL CON/V CIR EC-414
P0405 0405 EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC EC-421
P0406 0406 EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC EC-421
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-428
P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 EC-428
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON EC-434
P0442 0442 EVAP SMALL LEAK EC-439
P0443 0443 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-447
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-455
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-455
P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-462
P0448 0448 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-469
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms) Reference page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
EC-10
Revision: July 2006
INDEX FOR DTC
2006 Quest
P0451 0451 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-476
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-479
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-486
P0455 0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK EC-494
P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK EC-502
P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH EC-512
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR EC-514
P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-516
P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-516
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*5EC-518
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM EC-520
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM EC-522
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC EC-524
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT EC-529
P0605 0605 ECM EC-533
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-536
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC*6AT-107
PNP SW/CIRC*7AT-455
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC*6AT-113
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC*7AT-461
P0711 0711 FLUID TEMP SEN*7AT-466
P0717 0717 TURBINE SENSOR*7AT-471
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*5 *6AT-119
P0722 0722 VHCL SPEED SEN·AT*7AT-475
P0725 0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG*6AT-124
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN*6AT-128
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN*7AT-481
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN*6AT-133
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN*7AT-484
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN*6AT-138
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN*7AT-490
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN*6AT-143
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN*7AT-496
P0735 0735 A/T 5TH GR FNCTN*7AT-501
P0740 0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC*6AT-150
P0744 0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN*6AT-155
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN*7AT-507
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC*6AT-163
PC SOL A(L/PRESS)*7AT-510
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms) Reference page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
INDEX FOR DTC
EC-11
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
P0750 0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC*6AT-169
SHIFT SOL A*7AT-515
P0755 0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC*6AT-174
SHIFT SOL B*7AT-520
P0760 0760 SHIFT SOL C*7AT-525
P0762 0762 SFT SOL C STUCK ON*7AT-530
P0765 0765 SHIFT SOL D*7AT-535
P0770 0770 SHIFT SOL E*7AT-540
P0775 0775 PC SOL B(SFT/PRS)*7AT-545
P0780 0780 SHIFT*7AT-550
P0795 0795 PC SOL C(TCC&SFT)*7AT-554
P0797 0797 PC SOL C STC ON*7AT-559
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-542
P0882 0882 TCM POWER INPT SIG*7AT-568
P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 EC-551
P1168 1168 CLOSED LOOP-B2 EC-551
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN EC-552
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC EC-553
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-554
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING EC-566
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING EC-568
P1402 1402 EGR SYSTEM EC-570
P1564 1564 ASCD SW EC-577
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW EC-585
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN EC-593
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION BL-210
P1705 1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T*6AT-179
P1760 1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC*6AT-181
P1800 1800 VIAS S/V CIRC EC-595
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-600
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR EC-605
P2101 2101 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC EC-611
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR EC-605
P2118 2118 ETC MOT EC-618
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR EC-623
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-625
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-625
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-632
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-632
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR EC-640
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms) Reference page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
EC-12
Revision: July 2006
INDEX FOR DTC
2006 Quest
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*6: 4-speed A/T models
*7: 5-speed A/T models
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-648
P2A00 2A00 A/F SENSOR (B1) EC-656
P2A03 2A03 A/F SENSOR (B2) EC-656
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms) Reference page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
INDEX FOR DTC
EC-13
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Alphabetical Index
EBS00QUY
NOTE:
●If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-162, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
●If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-165, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
Reference page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0130 0130 EC-244
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0131 0131 EC-255
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0132 0132 EC-265
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0133 0133 EC-275
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0150 0150 EC-244
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0151 0151 EC-255
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0152 0152 EC-265
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0153 0153 EC-275
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P2A00 2A00 EC-656
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P2A03 2A03 EC-656
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 EC-172
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 EC-172
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0051 0051 EC-172
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0052 0052 EC-172
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN*6
P0731 0731 AT-128
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN*7AT-481
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN*6
P0732 0732 AT-133
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN*7AT-484
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN*6
P0733 0733 AT-138
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN*7AT-490
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN*6
P0734 0734 AT-143
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN*7AT-496
A/T 5HT GR FNCTN*7P0735 0735 AT-501
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN*6
P0744 0744 AT-155
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN*7AT-507
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 EC-625
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 EC-625
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 EC-632
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 EC-632
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 EC-648
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 EC-585
ASCD SW P1564 1564 EC-577
ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 EC-593
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC*6
P0710 0710 AT-113
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC*7AT-461
EC-14
Revision: July 2006
INDEX FOR DTC
2006 Quest
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-600
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*4EC-162
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4EC-162
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 EC-388
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 EC-551
CLOSED LOOP-B2 P1168 1168 EC-551
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 EC-396
CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 P0345 0345 EC-396
CONTROL UNIT (CAN) U1010 1010*4EC-165
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 EC-566
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 EC-568
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 EC-374
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 EC-374
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 EC-374
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 EC-374
CYL 5 MISFIRE P0305 0305 EC-374
CYL 6 MISFIRE P0306 0306 EC-374
ECM P0605 0605 EC-533
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P0603 0603 EC-529
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 EC-221
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 EC-221
ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 EC-235
EGR SYSTEM P0400 0400 EC-406
EGR SYSTEM P1402 1402 EC-570
EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC P0405 0405 EC-421
EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC P0406 0406 EC-421
EGR VOL CON/V CIR P0403 0403 EC-414
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 EC-554
ENGINE SPEED SIG*6P0725 0725 AT-124
ETC ACTR P2119 2119 EC-623
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P2101 2101 EC-611
ETC MOT P2118 2118 EC-618
ETC MOT PWR P2103 2103 EC-605
ETC MOT PWR P2100 2100 EC-605
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 EC-494
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 EC-434
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 EC-439
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0451 0451 EC-476
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 EC-479
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 EC-486
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 EC-502
FLUID TEMP SEN*7P0711 0711 AT-466
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
Reference page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
INDEX FOR DTC
EC-15
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 EC-361
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 EC-361
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 EC-355
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 EC-512
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 EC-514
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 EC-516
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 EC-516
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 EC-331
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 P0174 0174 EC-331
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 EC-343
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 P0175 0175 EC-343
HO2S2 (B1) P0137 0137 EC-288
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 EC-301
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 EC-318
HO2S2 (B2) P0157 0157 EC-288
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 0158 EC-301
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 0159 EC-318
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 EC-180
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 EC-180
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 0057 EC-180
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 0058 EC-180
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 EC-216
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 EC-216
IAT SENSOR P0127 0127 EC-239
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 EC-167
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 P0021 0021 EC-167
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P0075 0075 EC-190
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 P0081 0081 EC-190
ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 EC-520
ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 EC-522
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 EC-383
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 EC-383
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC*6P0745 0745 AT-163
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 0101 EC-197
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 EC-207
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 0103 EC-207
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 EC-374
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 BL-210
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED. P0000 0000 —
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC*6P1760 1760 AT-181
PC SOL A(L/PRESS)*7P0745 0745 AT-510
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
Reference page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
EC-16
Revision: July 2006
INDEX FOR DTC
2006 Quest
PC SOL B(SFT/PRS)*7P0775 0775 AT-545
PC SOL C(TCC&SFT)*7P0795 0795 AT-554
PC SOL C STC ON*7P0797 0797 AT-559
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P0850 0850 EC-542
PNP SW/CIRC*6
P0705 0705 AT-107
PNP SW/CIRC*7AT-455
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0443 0443 EC-447
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 EC-455
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 EC-455
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 EC-524
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P0643 0643 EC-536
SFT SOL A/CIRC*6P0750 0750 AT-169
SFT SOL B/CIRC*6P0755 0755 AT-174
SFT SOL C STUCK ON*7P0762 0762 AT-530
SHIFT*7P0780 0780 AT-550
SHIFT SOL A*7P0750 0750 AT-515
SHIFT SOL B*7P0755 0755 AT-520
SHIFT SOL C*7P0760 0760 AT-525
SHIFT SOL D*7P0765 0765 AT-535
SHIFT SOL E*7P0770 0770 AT-540
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC*6P0740 0740 AT-150
TCM POWER INPT SIG*7P0882 0882 AT-568
TCS C/U FUNCTN P1211 1211 EC-552
TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 EC-553
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 EC-242
TP SEN/CIRC A/T*6P1705 1705 AT-179
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 EC-366
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 EC-366
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 EC-227
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 EC-227
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 EC-640
TURBINE SENSOR*7P0717 0717 AT-471
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 EC-428
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 P0430 0430 EC-428
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*5 *6P0720 0720 AT-119
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*5P0500 0500 EC-518
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 EC-462
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0448 0448 EC-469
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
Reference page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
INDEX FOR DTC
EC-17
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*6: 4-speed A/T models
*7: 5-speed A/T models
VHCL SPEED SEN·AT*7P0722 0722 AT-475
VIAS S/V CIRC P1800 1800 EC-595
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
Reference page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
EC-18
Revision: July 2006
PRECAUTIONS
2006 Quest
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
EBS00QUZ
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
●To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
●Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
●Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T
EBS00QV0
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
●Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
●Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
●Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-66, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
●Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
●Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
●Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution
EBS00QV1
●Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
●Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
●Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery
ground cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned OFF.
●Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H
PRECAUTIONS
EC-19
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
●Do not disassemble ECM.
●If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
●If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-
related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
–Diagnostic trouble codes
–1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
–Freeze frame data
–1st trip freeze frame data
–System readiness test (SRT) codes
–Test values
●When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it
securely with levers as far as they will go as shown in the
figure.
●When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
●Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
●Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys-
tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded
operation of ICs, etc.
●Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
●Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-112, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value"
.
●Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
●Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
●Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent.
●Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
●Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous incidents.
●Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), crankshaft position sensor (POS).
PBIB1164E
PBIB1512E
PBIB0090E
MEF040D
EC-20
Revision: July 2006
PRECAUTIONS
2006 Quest
●After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
●When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
●Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.
●B1 indicates the bank 1, B2 indicates the bank 2 as shown
in the figure.
SEF217U
SEF348N
SEC893C
PRECAUTIONS
EC-21
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
●Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
●Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
●Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
●Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-
sarily.
●Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
●When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
–Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
–Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
–Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-
wave radio can be kept smaller.
–Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
BBIA0081E
SEF709Y
SEF708Y
EC-22
Revision: July 2006
PREPARATION
2006 Quest
PREPARATION PFP:00002
Special Service Tools
EBS00QV2
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV10117100
(J-36471-A)
Heated oxygen sensor
wrench
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor with
22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
KV10114400
(J-38365)
Heated oxygen sensor
wrench
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor
a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
(J-44626)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor wrench
Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(J-44321)
Fuel pressure gauge kit
Checking fuel pressure
(J-44321-6)
Fuel pressure adapter
Connecting fuel pressure gauge to quick connector
type fuel lines.
(J-45488)
Quick connector re-
lease
Remove fuel tube quick connectors in engine room.
EG17650301
(J-33984-A)
Radiator cap tester
adapter
Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and radi-
ator filler neck
a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT379
S-NT636
LEM054
LEC642
LBIA0376E
PBIC0198E
S-NT564
PREPARATION
EC-23
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
KV109E0010
(J-46209)
Break-out box
Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit tester
KV109E0080
(J-45819)
Y-cable adapter
Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit tester
(J-23688)
Engine coolant refrac-
tometer
Checking concentration of ethylene glycol in the en-
gine coolant
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
S-NT825
S-NT826
WBIA0539E
EC-24
Revision: July 2006
PREPARATION
2006 Quest
Commercial Service Tools
EBS00QV3
Tool name
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Leak detector
i.e.: (J-41416)
Locating the EVAP leak
EVAP service port
adapter
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD)
Applying positive pressure through EVAP service
port
Fuel filler cap adapter
i.e.: (MLR-8382)
Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor
Oxygen sensor thread
cleaner
i.e.: (J-43897-18)
(J-43897-12)
Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
Anti-seize lubricant
i.e.: (PermatexTM
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)
Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool
when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
S-NT703
S-NT704
S-NT815
S-NT705
AEM488
S-NT779
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-25
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
System Diagram
EBS00QV4
PBIB2506E
EC-26
Revision: July 2006
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System
EBS00QV5
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system. This is used only for the on board diagnosis.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air
flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
●During warm-up
●When starting the engine
●During acceleration
●Hot-engine operation
●When shift lever is changed from N to D
●High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
●During deceleration
●During high engine speed operation
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*3
Piston position
Fuel injection
& mixture ratio
control
Fuel injector
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Battery Battery voltage*3
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
Heated oxygen sensor 2*1Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*2
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-27
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (Manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-255, "DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1" . This maintains the mixture
ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (Manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
●Deceleration and acceleration
●High-load, high-speed operation
●Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
●Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
●High engine coolant temperature
●During warm-up
●After shifting from N to D
●When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
PBIB3020E
EC-28
Revision: July 2006
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
Two types of systems are used.
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The six fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper-
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System
EBS00QV6
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
●At starting
●During warm-up
●At idle
●At low battery voltage
SEF179U
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*2
Piston position
Ignition timing
control Power transistor
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Battery Battery voltage*2
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-29
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
●During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed)
EBS00QV7
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
*: Signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-26 .
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
Fuel cut con-
trol Fuel injector
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
EC-30
Revision: July 2006
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
2006 Quest
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL PFP:23710
Input/Output Signal Chart
EBS00QV8
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
System Description
EBS00QV9
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
●When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
●When cranking the engine.
●At high engine speeds.
●When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
●When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
●When engine speed is excessively low.
●When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*1
Air conditioner
cut control Air conditioner relay
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Battery Battery voltage*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
EC-31
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) PFP:18930
System Description
EBS00QVA
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCEL OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed
until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
●CANCEL switch is depressed
●More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are depressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
●Brake pedal is depressed
●Shift lever is changed to N, P, R position
●Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
●VDC/TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
●Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by depressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch.
●Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation
ASCD vehicle speed control Electric throttle control
actuator
Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation
Park/Neutral position (PNP)
switch Gear position
Combination meter Vehicle speed*
TCM Powertrain revolution*
EC-32
Revision: July 2006
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
2006 Quest
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN
switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition
must meet following conditions.
●Brake pedal is released
●A/T shift lever is in other than P and N positions
●Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
Component Description
EBS00QVB
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-577 .
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-585 and EC-667 .
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer toEC-585 , EC-600 and EC-667 .
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EC-605 , EC-611 , EC-618 and EC-623 .
ASCD INDICATOR
Refer to EC-674 .
CAN COMMUNICATION
EC-33
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
CAN COMMUNICATION PFP:23710
System Description
EBS00QVC
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-24, "CAN COMMUNICATION" , about CAN communication for detail.
EC-34
Revision: July 2006
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
2006 Quest
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950
Description
EBS00QVD
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
PBIB1631E
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
EC-35
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
: From next page
1. Intake manifold collector 2. EVAP service port 3. EVAP purge resonator
4. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
PBIB3073E
EC-36
Revision: July 2006
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
2006 Quest
: Vehicle front : To previous page
1. EVAP control system pressure
sensor
2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister
PBIB3069E
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
EC-37
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00QVE
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B .
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port C .
3. Release blocked port B .
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port B and check that vacuum pres-
sure exists at the ports A and C .
5. Block port A and B .
6. Apply pressure to port C and check that there is no leakage.
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incor-
rect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-454 and EC-460 .
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-360 and EC-365 .
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-467 and EC-474 .
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-478 , EC-485 and EC-493 .
PBIB1212E
SEF445Y
Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22
- 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2 ,
−0.87 to −0.48 psi)
SEF943S
EC-38
Revision: July 2006
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
2006 Quest
EVAP SERVICE PORT
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP
service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a
leak detector to locate the leak.
Removal and Installation
EBS00QVF
EVAP CANISTER
Tighten EVAP canister as shown in the figure.
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
1. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise.
2. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage
EBS00QVG
CAUTION:
●Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
●Do not start engine.
●Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
BBIA0320E
1. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
2. EVAP canister 3. O-ring
4. EVAP canister vent control valve 5. O-ring
BBIA0666E
PBIB1384E
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
EC-39
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT
MODE” with CONSULT-II.
5. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
6. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure
indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
7. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
8. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-35, "EVAPO-
RATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser-
vice port.
2. Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
PEF838U
PEF917U
SEF200U
SEF462UA
EC-40
Revision: July 2006
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
2006 Quest
3. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister vent control valve (2) to make a closed
EVAP system.
4. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to
2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
5. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump.
6. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
:Vehicle front 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 2. EVAP canister
BBIA0664E
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
EC-41
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) PFP:00032
System Description
EBS00QVH
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
●Put a “CAUTION: INFLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
●Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
●Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
●Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
–Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
–Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-84, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
–Disconnect battery ground cable.
●Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
●Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
●Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
●After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
●Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
PBIB1387E
EC-42
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QVI
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG.
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 5.
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame separator for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
5. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-45, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
PBIB1381E
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
EC-43
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 5.
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
5. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for clogging, kink, loose-
ness and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
6. CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE
Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace filler neck tube.
PBIB1381E
EC-44
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
2006 Quest
7. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-45, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
8. CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube.
9. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
10. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
1. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
SEF665U
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
EC-45
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00QVJ
REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-8, "FUEL TANK" .
2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
a. Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
b. Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
c. Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
a. Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
b. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
c. Put fuel tank upside down.
d. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-8, "FUEL TANK" .
2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
a. Remove fuel gauge retainer.
b. Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
a. Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
b. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
c. Put fuel tank upside down.
BBIA0248E
EC-46
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
2006 Quest
d. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
BBIA0248E
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
EC-47
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810
Description
EBS00QVK
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of venti-
lating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold
vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection
in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
Component Inspection
EBS00QVL
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
SEC921C
PBIB1588E
PBIB1589E
EC-48
Revision: July 2006
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
2006 Quest
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
S-ET277
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS)
EC-49
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) PFP:25386
Description
EBS00QVM
●If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in
the ON position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed on
“SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Refer to BL-210, "NVIS(NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-
tem-NATS)" .
●Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NVIS (NATS) is dis-
played before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”
mode with CONSULT-II.
●When replacing ECM, initialization of NVIS (NATS) system
and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs must be
carried out with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedures of NVIS
(NATS) initialization and all NVIS (NATS) ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operation
manual, IVIS/NVIS.
SEF543X
EC-50
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
2006 Quest
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028
Introduction
EBS00QVN
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below. ×: Applicable —: Not applicable
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-96,
"Fail-safe Chart" .)
Two Trip Detection Logic
EBS00QVO
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below. ×: Applicable —: Not applicable
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Emission-related diagnostic information SAE Mode
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of SAE J1979
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of SAE J1979
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits Service $06 of SAE J1979
Calibration ID Service $09 of SAE J1979
DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame
data
1st trip Freeze
Frame data SRT status SRT code Test value
CONSULT-II × ×× ×××—
GST ×× × —×××
ECM ××*——×——
Items
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC
1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
Blinking Lighting
up Blinking Lighting
up
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is
being detected ×——— — — ×—
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is
being detected
—— ×—— ×——
One trip detection diagnoses
(Refer to EC-51, "EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION ITEMS" .)
—×—— ×———
Except above —— — ×—××—
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
EC-51
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Emission-related Diagnostic Information
EBS00QVP
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS ×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Trip MIL lighting
up
Reference
page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*4—— 1×EC-162
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4—— 2—EC-162
CONTROL UNIT (CAN) U1010 1010*4—— 1×EC-165
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED. P0000 0000 ———
Flashing*8EC-60
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 —— 2×EC-167
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 P0021 0021 —— 2×EC-167
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 — ×2×EC-172
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 —×2×EC-172
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 —×2×EC-180
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 —×2×EC-180
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0051 0051 —×2×EC-172
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0052 0052 — ×2×EC-172
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 0057 —×2×EC-180
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 0058 —×2×EC-180
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P0075 0075 —— 2×EC-190
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 P0081 0081 —— 2×EC-190
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 0101 —— 2×EC-197
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 —— 1×EC-207
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 0103 — —1×EC-207
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 —— 2×EC-216
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 —— 2×EC-216
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 —— 1×EC-221
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 —— 1×EC-221
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 —— 1×EC-227
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 —— 1×EC-227
ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 —— 2×EC-235
IAT SENSOR P0127 0127 —— 2×EC-239
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 —— 2×EC-242
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0130 0130 —×2×EC-244
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0131 0131 —×2×EC-255
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0132 0132 —×2×EC-265
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0133 0133 ××2×EC-275
HO2S2 (B1) P0137 0137 ××2×EC-288
EC-52
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
2006 Quest
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 —×2×EC-301
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 ××2×EC-318
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0150 0150 —×2×EC-244
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0151 0151 —×2×EC-255
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0152 0152 —×2×EC-265
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0153 0153 ×× 2 ×EC-275
HO2S2 (B2) P0157 0157 ××2×EC-288
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 0158 —×2×EC-301
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 0159 ××2×EC-318
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 —— 2×EC-331
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 —— 2×EC-343
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 P0174 0174 —— 2 ×EC-331
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 P0175 0175 —— 2×EC-343
FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 —— 2×EC-355
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 —— 2×EC-361
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 —— 2×EC-361
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 —— 1×EC-366
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 —— 1×EC-366
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 —— 2×EC-374
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 —— 2×EC-374
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 —— 2×EC-374
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 —— 2×EC-374
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 —— 2×EC-374
CYL 5 MISFIRE P0305 0305 —— 2×EC-374
CYL 6 MISFIRE P0306 0306 —— 2 ×EC-374
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 —— 2—EC-383
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 —— 2—EC-383
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 —— 2×EC-388
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 —— 2×EC-396
CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 P0345 0345 —— 2×EC-396
EGR SYSTEM P0400 0400 ××2×EC-406
EGR VOL CON/V CIR P0403 0403 —— 1×EC-414
EGR TEMP SEN/ CIRC P0405 0405 —— 2×EC-421
EGR TEMP SEN/ CIRC P0406 0406 —— 2×EC-421
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 ××2×EC-428
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 P0430 0430 ××2×EC-428
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 ××2×EC-434
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 ××2×EC-439
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0443 0443 —— 2×EC-447
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 —— 2×EC-455
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 —— 2×EC-455
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 —— 2×EC-462
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Trip MIL lighting
up
Reference
page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
EC-53
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0448 0448 —— 2×EC-469
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0451 0451 —— 2×EC-476
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 —— 2×EC-479
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 —— 2×EC-486
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 —— 2×EC-494
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 ×* 9 ×2×EC-502
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 —— 2×EC-512
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 —— 2×EC-514
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 —— 2×EC-516
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 — —2×EC-516
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*5P0500 0500 —— 2×EC-518
ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 —— 2×EC-520
ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 —— 2×EC-522
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 — —2—EC-524
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P0603 0603 —— 2×EC-529
ECM P0605 0605 ——1 or 2 × or —EC-533
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P0643 0643 —— 1×EC-536
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 ——
2*6×AT-107
1*7×AT-455
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 ——
2*6×AT-113
2*7×AT-461
FLUID TEMP SEN*7P0711 0711 —— 2×AT-466
TURBINE SENSOR*7P0717 0717 — —2×AT-471
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*5 *6P0720 0720 —— 2×AT-119
VHCL SPEED SEN·AT*7P0722 0722 —— 1×AT-475
ENGINE SPEED SIG*6P0725 0725 —— 2×AT-124
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 ——
2*6×AT-128
1*7×AT-481
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 ——
2*6×AT-133
1*7×AT-484
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 ——
2*6×AT-138
1*7×AT-490
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 ——
2*6×AT-143
1*7×AT-496
A/T 5TH GR FNCTN*7P0735 0735 —— 1×AT-501
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC*6P0740 0740 —— 2 ×AT-150
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 0744 ——
2*6×AT-155
1*7×AT-507
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Trip MIL lighting
up
Reference
page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
EC-54
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
2006 Quest
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC*6
P0745 0745 —— 2×AT-163
PC SOL A(L/PRESS)*71×AT-510
SFT SOL A/CIRC*6
P0750 0750 —— 1×AT-169
SHIFT SOL A*71×AT-515
SFT SOL B/CIRC*6
P0755 0755 —— 1×AT-174
SHIFT SOL B*71×AT-520
SHIFT SOL C*7P0760 0760 —— 1×AT-525
SFT SOL C STUCK ON*7P0762 0762 —— 1 ×AT-530
SHIFT SOL D*7P0765 0765 —— 1×AT-535
SHIFT SOL E*7P0770 0770 —— 1×AT-540
PC SOL B(SFT/PRS)*7P0775 0775 —— 1×AT-545
SHIFT*7P0780 0780 —— 1×AT-550
PC SOL C(TCC&SFT)*7P0795 0795 —— 1×AT-554
PC SOL C STC ON*7P0797 0797 —— 1×AT-559
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P0850 0850 —— 2×EC-542
TCM POWER INPT SIG*7P0882 0882 —— 1×AT-568
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 —— 1×EC-551
CLOSED LOOP-B2 P1168 1168 —— 1×EC-551
TCS C/U FUNCTN P1211 1211 —— 2—EC-552
TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 —— 2—EC-553
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 —— 1×EC-554
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 —— 2—EC-566
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 —— 2—EC-568
EGR SYSTEM P1402 1402 × ×2×EC-570
ASCD SW P1564 1564 —— 1—EC-577
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 —— 1—EC-585
ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 —— 1—EC-593
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 -
P1615 1610 - 1615 —— 2—BL-210
TP SEN CIRC A/T*6P1705 1705 —— 1 ×AT-179
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC*6P1760 1760 — —2×AT-181
VIAS S/V CIRC P1800 1800 —— 2—EC-595
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 —— 2—EC-600
ETC MOT PWR P2100 2100 —— 1×EC-605
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P2101 2101 —— 1×EC-611
ETC MOT PWR P2103 2103 —— 1×EC-605
ETC MOT P2118 2118 —— 1×EC-618
ETC ACTR P2119 2119 —— 1×EC-623
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 —— 1×EC-625
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 —— 1×EC-625
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Trip MIL lighting
up
Reference
page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
EC-55
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur at the same time, the MIL illuminates.
*6: 4-speed A/T models
*7: 5-speed A/T models
*8: When the ECM is in the mode of displaying SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to EC-60, "How to Display SRT Status" .
*9: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-64, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-51, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS" . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/
component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL
and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the
vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-89, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC Confir-
mation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
With GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1148, P0850, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
No Tools
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0340, 1148, 0850, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
●1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
●Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 —— 1×EC-632
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 —— 1×EC-632
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 —— 1×EC-640
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 —— 1×EC-648
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P2A00 2A00 —×2×EC-656
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P2A03 2A03 —×2×EC-656
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Trip MIL lighting
up
Reference
page
CONSULT-II
GST*2ECM*3
EC-56
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
2006 Quest
mal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if
available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many
times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-125, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-64, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
PBIB0911E
Priority Items
1Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
EC-57
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
*1: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.
SRT item
(CONSULT-II indication)
Performance
Priority*1 Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”Corresponding
DTC No.
CATALYST 3 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
EVAP SYSTEM
3 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
2 EVAP control system P0442
3 EVAP control system P0456
HO2S 3 A/F sensor 1 P0133, P0153
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137, P0157
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138, P0158
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139, P0159
EGR SYSTEM 3 EGR function P0400
1 EGR function P1402
EC-58
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
2006 Quest
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
●The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
●The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
●When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagno-
sis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
●If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
Self-diagnosis result
Example
Diagnosis Ignition cycle
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT”“CMPLT”“CMPLT”“CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP”“INCMP”“CMPLT”“CMPLT”
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK ——
P0402 ————
P1402 NG —NG
NG
(Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip)
DTC 1st trip DTC —1st trip DTC DTC
(= MIL “ON”)
SRT of EGR “INCMP”“INCMP”“INCMP”“CMPLT”
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
EC-59
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
*1 EC-55, "How to Read DTC and 1st
Trip DTC"
*2 EC-60, "How to Display SRT Status"*3 EC-60, "How to Set SRT Code"
PBIB2320E
EC-60
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
2006 Quest
How to Display SRT Status
WITH CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
“INCMP” is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown in the fig-
ure.
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
“CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
NOTE:
Though displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, “HO2S HTR” is not
SRT item.
WITH GST
Selecting “Service $01” with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
NO TOOLS
A SRT code itself can be displayed while only SRT status can be.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown below.
–When all SRT codes are set, MIL lights up continuously.
–When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will flash periodically for 10 seconds.
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
on EC-57, "SRT Item" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
SEF713Y
PBIB2317E
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
EC-61
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Driving Pattern
PBIB3070E
EC-62
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
2006 Quest
●The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driv-
ing habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
●Sea level
●Flat road
●Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
●Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diag-
nosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
●The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
●The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
●The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 107 and ground is less than 4.1V).
Pattern 2:
●When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con-
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
●The driving pattern outlined in *2 must be repeated at least 3 times.
Pattern 4:
●Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
●The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
●If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
2. Repeat driving pattern shown at right at least 10 times.
–During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as
possible.
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position
Set the shift lever in the D position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen.
SEF414S
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
EC-63
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
SRT item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test value (GST display) Test limit Unit
TID CID
CATALYST
Three way catalyst function (Bank 1) P0420 01H 01H Max. 1/128
P0420 02H 81H Min. 1
Three way catalyst function (Bank 2) P0430 03H 02H Max. 1/128
P0430 04H 82H Min. 1
EVAP
SYSTEM
EVAP control system (Small leak) P0442 05H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 06H 83H Min. 20 mV
EVAP control system (Very small leak) P0456 07H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2
HO2S
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1)
P0131 41H 8EH Min. 5 mV
P0132 42H 0EH Max. 5 mV
P2A00 43H 0EH Max. 0.002
P2A00 44H 8EH Min. 0.002
P0133 45H 8EH Min. 0.004
P0130 46H 0EH Max. 5 mV
P0130 47H 8EH Min. 5 mV
P0133 48H 8EH Min. 0.004
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2)
P0151 4CH 8FH Min. 5 mV
P0152 4DH 0FH Max. 5 mV
P2A03 4EH 0FH Max. 0.002
P2A03 4FH 8FH Min. 0.002
P0153 50H 8FH Min. 0.004
P0150 51H 0FH Max. 5 mV
P0150 52H 8FH Min. 5 mV
P0153 53H 8FH Min. 0.004
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1)
P0139 19H 86H Min. 10mV/500 ms
P0137 1AH 86H Min. 10 mV
P0138 1BH 06H Max. 10 mV
P0138 1CH 06H Max. 10 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2)
P0159 21H 87H Min. 10mV/500 ms
P0157 22H 87H Min. 10 mV
P0158 23H 07H Max. 10 mV
P0158 24H 07H Max. 10 mV
HO2S HTR
A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) P0032 57H 10H Max. 5 mV
P0031 58H 90H Min. 5 mV
A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) P0052 59H 11H Max. 5 mV
P0051 5AH 91H Min. 5 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1) P0038 2DH 0AH Max. 20 mV
P0037 2EH 8AH Min. 20 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2) P0058 2FH 0BH Max. 20 mV
P0057 30H 8BH Min. 20 mV
EC-64
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
2006 Quest
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-II
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased individu-
ally from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for AT related items (see EC-8, "INDEX FOR DTC" ), skip steps 2 through 4.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II ON and touch “AT” (4-speed A/T models) or “TRANSMISSIION” (5-speed A/T models).
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch “BACK”
twice.
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
6. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
EGR
SYSTEM EGR function
P0400 31H 8CH Min. 1°C
P0400 32H 8CH Min. 1°C
P0400 33H 8CH Min. 1°C
P0400 34H 8CH Min. 1°C
P1402 35H 0CH Max. 1°C
SRT item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test value (GST display) Test limit Unit
TID CID
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
EC-65
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
7. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
With GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “Service $04” with GST.
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for AT related items (see EC-8, "INDEX FOR DTC" ), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform AT-45, "HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)" or AT-407, "How to erase DTC (with GST)" . (The
DTC in the TCM will be erased.)
3. Select “Service $04” with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for AT related items (see EC-8, "INDEX FOR DTC" ), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform AT-45, "HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS)" or AT-407, "How to erase DTC (no tools)" . (The
DTC in the TCM will be erased.)
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-67, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
●If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
●The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
–Diagnostic trouble codes
–1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
SCIA5576E
EC-66
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
2006 Quest
–Freeze frame data
–1st trip freeze frame data
–System readiness test (SRT) codes
–Test values
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
EBS00QVQ
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-21, "WARNING LAMPS" ,
or see EC-726, "MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SEF217U
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
EC-67
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
MIL Flashing Without DTC
When any SRT codes are not set, MIL may flash without DTC. For the details, refer to EC-60, "How to Display
SRT Status" .
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
●It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
●It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
●Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
Diagnostic Test
Mode
KEY and ENG.
Status
Function Explanation of Function
Mode I Ignition switch in
ON position
Engine stopped
BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown,
open circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
Engine running MALFUNCTION
WARNING
This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is
detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver
that a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
●Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
●One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in
ON position
Engine stopped
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-68
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
2006 Quest
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL may start blinking on the halfway of this
10 seconds. This blinking is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds. For
the details, refer to EC-60, "How to Display SRT Status" .
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to confirm all DTCs certainly.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-67, "How to Set Diagnostic Test
Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-
21, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-726, "MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
PBIB0092E
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
EC-69
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden-
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code.
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The “A” is indicated by the number of eleven flash. The length of time the
1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second)
cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-8, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-
68, "How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
●If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
●Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
PBIB3005E
EC-70
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
2006 Quest
OBD System Operation Chart
EBS00QVR
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
●When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
●When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-50, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
●The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction
occurs while counting, the counter will reset.
●The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
●The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-72 .
For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see EC-74 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MIL (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
(clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
EC-71
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE
” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
*1: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips,
MIL will light up.
*2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven
3 times (pattern B) without any mal-
functions.
*3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, the
DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data
will not be displayed any longer after
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C)
without the same malfunction. (The
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*5: When a malfunction is detected for
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and
the 1st trip freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared at
the moment OK is detected.
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
*8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.
SEF392S
EC-72
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
2006 Quest
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
●The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
●The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
●The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
<Driving Pattern C>
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
●When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
●When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal
to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
●The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
●The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
●The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
●The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
EC-73
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
*1: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips,
MIL will light up.
*2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven
3 times (pattern B) without any mal-
functions.
*3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, the
DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data
will not be displayed any longer after
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A)
without the same malfunction.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*5: When a malfunction is detected for
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and
the 1st trip freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
without the same malfunction.
*7:
When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
SEF393SD
EC-74
Revision: July 2006
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
2006 Quest
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
<Driving Pattern A>
●The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
●The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
●The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
●The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
●The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
●The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
AEC574
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
EC-75
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018
Basic Inspection
EBS00QVS
1. INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
–Harness connectors for improper connections
–Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
–Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
–Hoses and ducts for leaks
–Air cleaner clogging
–Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
–Headlamp switch is OFF.
–Air conditioner switch is OFF.
–Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
–Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3.
SEF983U
SEF976U
SEF977U
EC-76
Revision: July 2006
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
2006 Quest
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-80, "IDLE SPEED" .
Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-80, "IDLE SPEED" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 5.
5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 6.
PBIA8513J
4-speed A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
5-speed A/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
SEF058Y
4-speed A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
5-speed A/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
EC-77
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-80, "IDLE SPEED" .
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-80, "IDLE SPEED" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-396 .
●Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-388 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
BL-210, "NVIS(NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System-NATS)" .
>> GO TO 4.
4-speed A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
5-speed A/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
4-speed A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
5-speed A/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) SEF174Y
EC-78
Revision: July 2006
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
2006 Quest
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. Refer to EC-80, "IGNI-
TION TIMING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 12.
12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 13.
13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-80, "IDLE SPEED" .
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-80, "IDLE SPEED" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.
15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
BBIA0032E
4-speed A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
5-speed A/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
4-speed A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
5-speed A/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) SEF174Y
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
EC-79
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. Refer to EC-80, "IGNI-
TION TIMING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 16.
16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-56, "TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-396 .
●Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-388 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
BL-210, "NVIS(NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System-NATS)" .
>> GO TO 4.
19. INSPECTION END
Did you replace the ECM, referring this Basic Inspection procedure?
Yes or No
Yes >> 1. Perform EC-81, "VIN Registration" .
2. INSPECTION END
No >> INSPECTION END
15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
BBIA0032E
EC-80
Revision: July 2006
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
2006 Quest
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check
EBS00QVT
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
With GST
Check idle speed with GST.
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
1. Slide the harness protector off ignition coil No.1 to clear the
wires.
2. Attach timing light to the ignition coil No.1 wires as shown in the
figure.
3. Check ignition timing.
Method B
1. Remove No.1 ignition coil.
SEF058Y
BBIA0196E
BBIA0032E
BBIA0196E
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
EC-81
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. Connect No.1 ignition coil and spark plug with suitable high-ten-
sion wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this wire.
3. Check ignition timing.
VIN Registration
EBS00QVU
DESCRIPTION
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1. Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-45, "IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION" .
2. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
3. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
4. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-II display.
BBIA0082E
SEF166Y
BBIA0032E
PBIB2242E
EC-82
Revision: July 2006
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
2006 Quest
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning
EBS00QVV
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning
EBS00QVW
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning
EBS00QVX
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
●Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
●Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
●Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
●Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
●PNP switch: ON
●Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine
is start the headlamp will not be illuminated.
●Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
●Vehicle speed: Stopped
●Transmission: Warmed-up
–With CONSULT-II: Drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indi-
cates less than 0.9V.
–Without CONSULT-II: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
EC-83
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
5. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
7. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If
“CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be
carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the inci-
dent by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle
speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
●It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
●It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
SEF217Z
SEF454Y
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed 4-speed A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
5-speed A/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) MBIB0238E
EC-84
Revision: July 2006
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
2006 Quest
11. Wait 20 seconds.
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCE-
DURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-142, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
●Engine stalls.
●Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check
EBS00QVY
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed 4-speed A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
5-speed A/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
SEC897C
SEF214Y
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
EC-85
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R.
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because V42 models do not have fuel return system.
Method A
CAUTION:
●The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.
●Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-84, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
●Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).
●To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
●Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
●Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-23, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
●Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
●Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.
●Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover.
4. Install the fuel pressure gauge as shown in the figure.
●Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist-
ened with gasoline.
●Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
and No.1 spool.
●Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
●Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439
N4710 or 16439 40U00).
●When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
●When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality.
●Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
BBIA0229E
PBIB0669E
EC-86
Revision: July 2006
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
2006 Quest
●Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 -
0.08in).
●Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg,
22lb) to confirm fuel tube does not come off.
6. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
7. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
8. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
●Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false
readings.
●During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
9. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
10. Check the following.
●Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
●Fuel filter for clogging
●Fuel pump
●Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.
Method B
CAUTION:
●Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the
quick connector o-ring maintains sealability.
●Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit J-44321 and Fuel Pressure Adapter J-44321-6 to check fuel pressure.
●Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical system operating (i.e. lights, rear defog, A/C,
etc.). Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and changes in
manifold vacuum.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-84, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Remove fuel hose using Quick Connector Release J-45488. Refer to EM-39, "FUEL INJECTOR AND
FUEL TUBE" .
●Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
●Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.
●Keep fuel hose connections clean.
3. Install Fuel Pressure Adapter J-44321-6 and Fuel Pressure Gauge (from kit J-44321) as shown in figure.
●Do not distort or bend fuel rail tube when installing fuel pressure gauge adapter.
●When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for damage and abnormality.
4. Turn ignition switch ON (reactivate fuel pump), and check for fuel leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
●During fuel pressure check, check for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 Nm (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m,
9 - 13in-lb)
BBIA0230E
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
EC-87
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
7. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
8. Check the following.
●Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
●Fuel filter for clogging
●Fuel pump
●Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.
9. Before disconnecting Fuel Pressure Gauge and Fuel Pressure Adapter J-44321-6, release fuel pressure
to zero. Refer to EC-84, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE"
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
EC-88
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
EBS00QVZ
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit-
tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-89 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on EC-93 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
cally controlled engine vehicle.
MEF036D
SEF233G
SEF234G
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-89
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
WORK FLOW
Overall Sequence
PBIB2267E
EC-90
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
Detailed Flow
1. GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the EC-92, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK DTC*1
1. Check DTC*1 .
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
–Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2 . (Print them out with CONSULT-II or GST.)
–Erase DTC*1 . (Refer to EC-64, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION"
.)
–Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus-
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-97, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5.
3. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis
results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.
4. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis
results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-91
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
5. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1 , and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected
again.
At this time, always connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle, and check diagnostic results in real time on “DATA
MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)”.
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-94, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
●Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
●Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure.
Is DTC*1 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Check according to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
6. PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-75, "Basic Inspection" .
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 9.
7. PERFORM DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
With CONSULT-II
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, and “A/F
ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are within the SP value using CON-
SULT-II “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode. Refer to EC-142, "TROU-
BLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-143, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-97, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 10.
SEF601Z
EC-92
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnostic Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-
26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-II. Refer to EC-137, "CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor" , EC-112, "ECM Termi-
nals and Reference Value" .
11. REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnostic Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it, refer to EC-64, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAG-
NOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 12.
12. FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
OK or NG
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM
and TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to EC-64, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" and AT-44, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" or AT-406,
"HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)
2. If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific driving pattern. Refer to EC-
61, "Driving Pattern" .
3. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
●Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
●Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere.
SEF907L
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-93
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
EC-94
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
DTC Inspection Priority Chart
EBS00QW0
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
●If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-162, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
●If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-165, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
Priority Detected items (DTC)
1●U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
●U1010 CAN communication
●P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
●P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
●P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
●P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
●P0128 Thermostat function
●P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
●P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
●P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●P0340 P0345 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
●P0403 EGR volume control valve
●P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor
●P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
●P0605 ECM
●P0643 Sensor power supply
●P0705 P0850 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
●P1610 - P1615 NATS
●P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-95
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2●P0031 P0032 P0051 P0052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
●P0037 P0038 P0057 P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
●P0075 P0081 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
●P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P0150 P0151 P0152 P0153 P2A00 P2A03 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
●P0137 P0138 P0139 P0157 P0158 P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2
●P0405 P0406 EGR temperature sensor
●P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
●P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
●P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve
●P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
●P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
●P0603 ECM power supply
●P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
●P1800 VIAS control solenoid valve
●P1805 Brake switch
●P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
●P2101 Electric throttle control function
●P2118 Throttle control motor
3●P0011 P0021 Intake valve timing control
●P0171 P0172 P0174 P0175 Fuel injection system function
●P0300 - P0306 Misfire
●P0400 P1402 EGR system
●P0420 P0430 Three way catalyst function
●P0442 P0456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK)
●P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK)
●P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system
●P0710 P0711 P0717 P0720 P0722 P0725 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0750 P0755
P0760 P0762 P0765 P0770 P0775 P0780 P0795 P0797 P0882 P1705 P1760 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves
and switches
●P1148 P1168 Closed loop control
●P1211 TCS control unit
●P1212 TCS communication line
●P1564 ASCD steering switch
●P1572 ASCD brake switch
●P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
●P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
Priority Detected items (DTC)
EC-96
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
Fail-safe Chart
EBS00QW1
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
●When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when
there is malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected
as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands
the driver to repair the malfunction.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102
P0103
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0117
P0118
Engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
ignition switch ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned
ON or START 40°C (104°F)
More than approx. 4 minutes after
ignition ON or START 80°C (176°F)
Except as shown above 40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122
P0123
P0222
P0223
P2135
Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2100
P2103
Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control
function
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2119 Electric throttle control
actuator
(When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or
more.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
P2122
P2123
P2127
P2128
P2138
Accelerator pedal position
sensor
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-97
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Symptom Matrix Chart
EBS00QW2
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SYMPTOM
Reference
page
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-692
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-85
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-684
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-34
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
tem 33 4 444444 41 EC-47
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-75
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-611,
EC-623
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-75
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-698
EGR EGR volume control valve circuit 2
2 333223 3
EC-414
EGR system 2 1 EC-406,
EC-570
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-153
Mass air flow sensor circuit
1
12
2
222 2
EC-197,
EC-207
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
3
33 EC-221,
EC-235
A/F sensor 1 circuit
EC-172,
EC-244 ,
EC-255 ,
EC-265 ,
EC-275 ,
EC-656
Throttle position sensor circuit
22
EC-227,
EC-366 ,
EC-566 ,
EC-568 ,
EC-640
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
EC-536,
EC-625 ,
EC-632 ,
EC-648
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-383
EC-98
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-388
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-396
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-518
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 EC-524
ECM 22 3 33333333 EC-529,
EC-533
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
cuit 3 2 13223 3 EC-190
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-542
VIAS control solenoid valve circuit 1 EC-595
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-711
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-677
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 ATC-42 or
MTC-42
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-10 or
BRC-56
SYMPTOM
Reference
page
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-99
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM
Reference
page
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel tank 5
5
FL-8
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-39
Vapor lock —
Valve deposit
55 5555 5
—
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso-
line, Low octane) —
Air Air duct
55555 5
EM-15
Air cleaner EM-15
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric
throttle control actuator) 5555
EM-15
Electric throttle control actuator EM-17
Air leakage from intake manifold/
Collector/Gasket
EM-17,
EM-23
Cranking Battery 111111
1
1SC-4
Generator circuit SC-21
Starter circuit 3 SC-10
Signal plate 6 EM-138
PNP switch 4AT-107 or
AT-455
Engine Cylinder head 55555 55 5 EM-115
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
66666 66 6
4
EM-138
Piston
Piston ring
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
EC-100
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
Valve
mecha-
nism
Timing chain
555 55 55 5
EM-56
Camshaft EM-56
Intake valve timing control EM-56
Intake valve 3EM-115
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket 55555 55 5 EM-25, EX-
3
Three way catalyst
Lubrica-
tion
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 55555 55 5
EM-29, LU-
10 , LU-11 ,
LU-15
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-7
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
55555 55 45
CO-14
Thermostat 5 CO-22
Water pump CO-17
Water gallery CO-24
Cooling fan
5
EC-554
Coolant level (Low)/Contami-
nated coolant CO-8
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System —
NATS) 11 BL-210
SYMPTOM
Reference
page
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-101
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Engine Control Component Parts Location
EBS00QW3
BBIA0314E
EC-102
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
BBIA0321E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-103
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
: Vehicle front
1. Knock sensor harness connector 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 1) harness connector
3. Fuel injector harness connector
4. Ignition coil harness connector
(bank 1)
5. Ignition coil harness connector
(bank 2)
6. Power valve actuator
7. VIAS control solenoid valve 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2) harness connector
9. Fuel pump fuse (15A)
BBIA0652E
EC-104
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
BBIA0330E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-105
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
PBIB1686E
EC-106
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
BBIA0337E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-107
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
: Vehicle front
1. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister
4. Intake manifold collector 5. EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve
6. ECM harness connector
7. Accelerator pedal position (APP)
sensor harness connector
8. EVAP service port 9. Intake manifold collector
BBIA0665E
EC-108
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
PBIB2603E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-109
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Vacuum Hose Drawing
EBS00QW4
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
Refer to EC-25, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.
1. Power valve actuator 2. Vacuum tank 3. EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve
4. VIAS control solenoid valve
BBIA0663E
EC-110
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
Circuit Diagram
EBS00QW5
BBWA2013E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-111
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BBWA1998E
EC-112
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout
EBS00QW6
ECM Terminals and Reference Value
EBS00QW7
PREPARATION
1. ECM is located in the right side of the cowl top (behind the strut
tower).
2. Remove ECM harness connector.
3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with
levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
4. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
●Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
●Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
MBIB0045E
BBIA0315E
BBIA0316E
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
1 B ECM ground [Engine is running]
●Idle speed Body ground
2R/G A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
PBIB1584E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-113
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3R Throttle control motor relay
power supply [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
4O/L Throttle control motor
(Close)
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0 - 14V
5W/L Throttle control motor
(Open)
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
0 - 14V
6GR Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
–Engine: After warming up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
8W Electronic controlled engine
mount-1
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is above 950 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●For 2 seconds after engine speed is 950
rpm or less.
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
●2 seconds after engine speed is 950 rpm or
less.
2.0 - 3.0V
9W/R Electronic controlled engine
mount-2
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is below 950 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●For 2 seconds after engine speed is 950
rpm or more.
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
●2 seconds after engine speed is 950 rpm or
more.
2.0 - 3.0V
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
PBIB1104E
PBIB1105E
EC-114
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
10 Y/L Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
7 - 12V
11 R/L Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
7 - 12V
12 W Power steering pressure
sensor
[Engine is running]
●Steering wheel is being turned. 0.5 - 4.5V
[Engine is running]
●Steering wheel is not being turned. 0.4 - 0.8V
13 W Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
Approximately 10V
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
PBIB1790E
PBIB1790E
PBIB1041E
PBIB1042E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-115
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
14 W Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
1.0 - 4.0V
15 W Knock sensor [Engine is running]
●Idle speed Approximately 2.5V
16 BR
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 3.1V
35 O/B Approximately 2.6V
56 V Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
17
18
19
20
P/B
G
L
L/W
EGR volume control valve [Engine is running]
●Idle speed 0.1 - 14V
21
22
23
L/W
R/Y
R/B
Fuel injector No. 5
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 1
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
24 W A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
PBIB1039E
PBIB1040E
SEC984C
SEC985C
PBIB1584E
EC-116
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
25 P Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
–Engine: After warming up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
29 Y/G VIAS control solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
●Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is between 1,800 and 3,600
rpm.
0 - 1.0V
32 BR EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
33 Y Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
1.0 - 4.0V
34 Y/G Intake air temperature sen-
sor [Engine is running] Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with intake
air temperature.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
PBIB1039E
PBIB1040E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-117
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
40
41
42
V/W*1
P/R*2
R/L
R/W
Fuel injector No. 6
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 2
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
45 V/R*1
P/R*2
EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
●Idle speed
●Accelerator pedal is not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine).
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
47 R Throttle position sensor
power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
48 G/O EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
49 BR/Y Refrigerant pressure sen-
sor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
50 Y Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
SEC984C
SEC985C
SEC990C
SEC991C
EC-118
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
51 W/L Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
1.0 - 1.3V
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
1.6 - 2.0V
54 P/L EGR temperature sensor
[Ignition switch: ON] Less than 4.5V
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●EGR system is operating.
0 - 1.5V
55 W Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are met
–Engine: After warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
0 - Approximately 1.0V
57 W/R
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 2.6V
58 LG/R Approximately 2.3V
76 O Approximately 3.1V
77 LG Approximately 2.3V
60
61
62
P/L
L/R
Y/R
Ignition signal No. 5
Ignition signal No. 3
Ignition signal No. 1
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
0 - 0.4V
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
0.1 - 0.6V
66 G Throttle position sensor
ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
67 B Sensor ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
68 BR/W PSP sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
SEC986C
SEC987C
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-119
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
69 L Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36V
70 W Refrigerant pressure sensor
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
1.0 - 4.0V
73 Y/B Engine coolant temperature
sensor [Engine is running] Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with
engine coolant temperature.
74 W Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are met
–Engine: After warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
0 - Approximately 1.0V
78 B Heated oxygen sensor 2
ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
79
80
81
GR/R
GR
G/R
Ignition signal No. 6
Ignition signal No. 4
Ignition signal No. 2
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
0 - 0.4V
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
0.1 - 0.6V
82 B APP sensor 1 ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
83 G APP sensor 2 ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
85 SB Data link connector [Ignition switch: ON]
●CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.
Approximately 5V - Battery volt-
age (11 - 14V)
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
SEC986C
SEC987C
EC-120
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
86 P CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.1 - 2.3V
Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
90 R/V APP sensor 1 power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
91 O APP sensor 2 power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
94 L CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.5 - 3.2V
Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
98 W/B Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.25 - 0.5V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
2.0 - 2.5V
99 G/Y ASCD steering switch
[Ignition switch: ON]
●ASCD steering switch: OFF Approximately 4V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●MAIN switch: Pressed Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●CANCEL switch: Pressed Approximately 1V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approximately 3V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approximately 2V
101 R/G Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
102 O/B PNP switch
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Shift lever: P or N
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Except the above gear position Approximately 0V
104 O Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
106 W Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.5 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.2 - 4.8V
107 R/L Fuel tank temperature sen-
sor [Engine is running] Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
tank temperature.
108 G/B ASCD brake switch
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Brake pedal: Fully released
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-121
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
*1: 4-speed A/T models
*2: 5-speed A/T models
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE)
EBS00QW8
FUNCTION
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
●Diagnostic trouble codes
●1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
●Freeze frame data
●1st trip freeze frame data
109 R Ignition switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
113 B/O Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON]
●For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●More than 1 second after turning ignition
switch ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
115
116
B
BECM ground [Engine is running]
●Idle speed Body ground
117 LG/B EVAP canister vent control
valve [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
121 G Power supply for ECM
(Back-up) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
Diagnostic test mode Function
Work support This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Data monitor (SPEC) Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
other data monitor items can be read.
CAN diagnostic support
monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
Active test Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
EC-122
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
●System readiness test (SRT) codes
●Test values
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
Item
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
WORK
SUP-
PORT
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS DATA
MONI-
TOR
DATA
MONI-
TOR
(SPEC)
ACTIVE
TEST
DTC & SRT
CONFIRMATION
DTC*1 FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
SRT
STATUS
DTC
WORK
SUP-
PORT
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
INPUT
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) ××××
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) ××××
Mass air flow sensor ×××
Engine coolant temperature sensor ×××××
A/F sensor 1 ×××××
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ×××××
Wheel sensor ××××
Accelerator pedal position sensor ×××
Throttle position sensor × ×××
Fuel tank temperature sensor ××××
EVAP control system pressure
sensor ×××
Intake air temperature sensor ××××
EGR temperature sensor ×××
Knock sensor ×
Refrigerant pressure sensor ××
Closed throttle position switch
(accelerator pedal position sensor
signal) ××
Air conditioner switch ××
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch ×××
Stop lamp switch ×××
Power steering pressure sensor ×××
Battery voltage ××
Load signal ××
Fuel level sensor ×××
ASCD steering switch ×××
ASCD brake switch ×××
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-123
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-56 .
*3: Always “COMPLT” is displayed.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector, which is located under driver's side dash panel.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
OUTPUT
Fuel injector ×× ×
Power transistor (Ignition timing) ×× ×
Throttle control motor relay ×××
Throttle control motor ×
EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve ×××××
Air conditioner relay ××
Fuel pump relay ××××
Cooling fan relay ××××
EGR volume control valve ××××
A/F sensor 1 heater ×××
×*3
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater ×××
×*3
EVAP canister vent control valve ×× ×××
Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve ××××
VIAS control solenoid valve ××××
Electronic controlled engine mount ×× ×
Calculated load value ×××
Item
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
WORK
SUP-
PORT
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS DATA
MONI-
TOR
DATA
MONI-
TOR
(SPEC)
ACTIVE
TEST
DTC & SRT
CONFIRMATION
DTC*1 FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
SRT
STATUS
DTC
WORK
SUP-
PORT
BBIA0336E
EC-124
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-38, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
BCIA0029E
BCIA0030E
BCIA0031E
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ●FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR-
ING IDLING.
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
When releasing fuel pressure
from fuel line
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN ●THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
When learning the idle air volume
SELF-LEARNING CONT ●THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF-
FICIENT.
When clearing the coefficient of
self-learning control value
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-125
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer toEC-8, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
●IGN SW “ON”
●ENGINE NOT RUNNING
●AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
●NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS-
TEM
● FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
●WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYS-
TEM CLOSE”
●WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-
II WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRI-
ATE INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY
“BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”,
EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
When detecting EVAP vapor leak
point of EVAP system
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ●IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* ●IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
VIN REGISTRATION ●IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM. When registering VIN in ECM
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
Freeze frame data
item* Description
DIAG TROUBLE
CODE
[PXXXX]
●The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to
EC-8, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
FUEL SYS-B1 ●“Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
●One mode in the following is displayed.
“Mode2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
“Mode3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
“Mode4”: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
“Mode5”: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
FUEL SYS-B2
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ●The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP
[°C] or [°F] ●The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ●“Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
●The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ●“Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
●The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm] ●The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
[km/h] or [mph] ●The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
ABSOL TH-P/S [%] ●The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-126
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item ×: Applicable
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec] ●The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F] ●The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
Freeze frame data
item* Description
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
MAIN
SIG-
NALS
Description Remarks
ENG SPEED [rpm] ××
●Indicates the engine speed computed
from the signal of the crankshaft position
sensor (POS) and camshaft position
sensor (PHASE).
●Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed
drops below the idle rpm.
●If the signal is interrupted while the engine
is running, an abnormal value may be indi-
cated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] ××
●The signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor is displayed.
●When the engine is stopped, a certain value
is indicated.
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec] ×
●“Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
injection pulse width programmed into
ECM, prior to any learned on board cor-
rection.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] ×●The mean value of the air-fuel ratio
feedback correction factor per cycle is
indicated.
●When the engine is stopped, a certain value
is indicated.
●This data also includes the data for the air-
fuel ratio learning control.
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] ×
COOLAN TEMP/S
[°C] or [°F] ××
●The engine coolant temperature (deter-
mined by the signal voltage of the
engine coolant temperature sensor) is
displayed.
●When the engine coolant temperature sen-
sor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters
fail-safe mode. The engine coolant temper-
ature determined by the ECM is displayed.
A/F SEN1 (B1) [V] ××
●The A/F signal computed from the input
signal of the A/F sensor 1 is displayed.
A/F SEN1 (B2) [V] ×
HO2S2 (B1) [V] ×●The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
sensor 2 is displayed.
HO2S2 (B2) [V] ×
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
[RICH/LEAN] ×●Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
nal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
small.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
large.
●When the engine is stopped, a certain value
is indicated.
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
[RICH/LEAN] ×
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph] ××
●The vehicle speed computed from the
vehicle speed signal sent from combina-
tion meter is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT
[V] ××
●The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
played.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] ××
●The accelerator pedal position sensor
signal voltage is displayed.
●ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM
internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal
voltage signal.
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] ×
THRTL SEN 1 [V] ××
●The throttle position sensor signal volt-
age is displayed.
●THRTL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM
internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal
voltage signal.
THRTL SEN 2 [V] ×
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-127
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
FUEL T/TMP SE
[°C] or [°F] ×
●The fuel temperature (determined by the
signal voltage of the fuel tank tempera-
ture sensor) is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE
[°C] or [°F] ××
●The intake air temperature (determined
by the signal voltage of the intake air
temperature sensor) is indicated.
EGR TEMP SEN
[V] ××
●The signal voltage of EGR temperature
sensor is displayed.
EVAP SYS PRES
[V] ×●The signal voltage of EVAP control sys-
tem pressure sensor is displayed.
FUEL LEVEL SE
[V] ×●The signal voltage of the fuel level sen-
sor is displayed.
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF] × ×
●Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF]
computed by the ECM according to the
signals of engine speed and battery volt-
age.
● After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed
regardless of the starter signal.
CLSD THL POS
[ON/OFF] ××
●Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] com-
puted by ECM according to the acceler-
ator pedal position sensor signal.
AIR COND SIG
[ON/OFF] ××
●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
conditioner switch as determined by the
air conditioner signal.
P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF] ××
●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
park/neutral position (PNP) switch sig-
nal.
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF] ××
●[ON/OFF] condition of the power steer-
ing system (determined by the signal
voltage of the power steering pressure
sensor signal) is indicated.
LOAD SIGNAL
[ON/OFF] ××
●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
electrical load signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch
and lighting switch are OFF.
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF] ×●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-
tion switch signal.
HEATER FAN SW
[ON/OFF] ×●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF] ×●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
stop lamp switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1
[msec] ×●Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
width compensated by ECM according
to the input signals.
●When the engine is stopped, a certain com-
puted value is indicated.
INJ PULSE-B2
[msec]
IGN TIMING
[BTDC] ×●Indicates the ignition timing computed
by ECM according to the input signals.
●When the engine is stopped, a certain value
is indicated.
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
●“Calculated load value” indicates the
value of the current air flow divided by
peak air flow.
MASS AIRFLOW
[g·m/s]
●Indicates the mass air flow computed by
ECM according to the signal voltage of
the mass air flow sensor.
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
MAIN
SIG-
NALS
Description Remarks
EC-128
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
PURG VOL C/V
[%]
●Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
input signals.
●The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
EGR VOL CON/V
[step] ×
●Indicates the EGR volume control value
computed by the ECM according to the
input signals.
●The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
INT/V TIM (B1)
[°CA] ●Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft
advanced angle.
INT/V TIM (B2)
[°CA]
INT/V SOL (B1) [%] ●The control value of the intake valve tim-
ing control solenoid valve (determined
by ECM according to the input signals)
is indicated.
●The advance angle becomes larger as
the value increases.
INT/V SOL (B2) [%]
VIAS S/V
[ON/OFF]
●The control condition of the VIAS control
solenoid valve (determined by ECM
according to the input signals) is indi-
cated.
ON: VIAS control solenoid valve is oper-
ating.
OFF: VIAS control solenoid valve is not
operating.
AIR COND RLY
[ON/OFF] ×
●The air conditioner relay control condi-
tion (determined by ECM according to
the input signals) is indicated.
ENGINE MOUNT
[IDLE/TRVL]
●The control condition of the electronic
controlled engine mount (determined by
ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
IDLE: Engine speed is below 950 rpm
TRVL: Engine speed is above 950 rpm
FUEL PUMP RLY
[ON/OFF] ×
●Indicates the fuel pump relay control
condition determined by ECM according
to the input signals.
VENT CONT/V
[ON/OFF]
●The control condition of the EVAP canis-
ter vent control valve (determined by
ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
THRTL RELAY
[ON/OFF] ×
●Indicates the throttle control motor relay
control condition determined by the
ECM according to the input signals.
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
MAIN
SIG-
NALS
Description Remarks
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-129
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
COOLING FAN
[HI/MID/LOW/OFF]
●The control condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the
input signals) is indicated.
HI: High speed operation
MID: Middle speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF] ●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by
ECM according to the input signals.
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
[ON/OFF]
I/P PULLY SPD
[rpm]
●Indicates the engine speed computed
from the turbine revolution sensor sig-
nal.
VEHICLE SPEED
[km/h] or [MPH]
●Indicates the vehicle speed computed
from the revolution sensor signal.
IDL A/V LEARN
[YET/CMPLT]
●Display the condition of idle air volume
learning
YET: Idle air volume learning has not
been performed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has
already been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL
[km] or [mile] ●Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
[%]
●Indicates A/F sensor 1 heater control
value computed by ECM according to
the input signals.
●The current flow to the heater becomes
larger as the value increases.
A/F S1 HTR (B2)
[%]
AC PRESS SEN
[V]
●The signal voltage from the refrigerant
pressure sensor is displayed.
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
●The vehicle speed computed from the
vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is
displayed.
SET VHCL SPD
[km/h] or [m.p.h.] ●The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
MAIN SW
[ON/OFF]
●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
MAIN switch signal.
CANCEL SW
[ON/OFF]
●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CAN-
CEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW
[ON/OFF]
●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch signal.
SET SW
[ON/OFF]
●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
SET/COAST switch signal.
BRAKE SW1
[ON/OFF]
●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
ASCD brake switch signal.
BRAKE SW2
[ON/OFF]
●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop
lamp switch signal.
VHCL SPD CUT
[NON/CUT]
●Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the
ASCD set speed.
CUT: Vehicle speed increased to exces-
sively high compared with the ASCD set
speed, and ASCD operation is cut off.
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
MAIN
SIG-
NALS
Description Remarks
EC-130
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
LO SPEED CUT
[NON/CUT]
●Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the
ASCD set speed.
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to
excessively low compared with the
ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation
is cut off.
AT OD MONITOR
[ON/OFF]
●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
according to the input signal from the
TCM.
AT OD CANCEL
[ON/OFF]
●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
cancel signal sent from the TCM.
CRUISE LAMP
[ON/OFF]
●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of
CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM
according to the input signals.
SET LAMP
[ON/OFF]
●Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET
lamp determined by the ECM according
to the input signals.
Voltage [V]
●Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse
width measured by the probe.
●Only “#” is displayed if item is unable to be
measured.
●Figures with “#”s are temporary ones. They
are the same figures as an actual piece of
data which was just previously measured.
Frequency [msec],
[Hz] or [%]
DUTY-HI
DUTY-LOW
PLS WIDTH-HI
PLS WIDTH-LOW
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
MAIN
SIG-
NALS
Description Remarks
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
MAIN
SIG-
NALS
Description Remarks
ENG SPEED [rpm] ××
●Indicates the engine speed computed
from the signal of the crankshaft position
sensor (POS) and camshaft position
sensor (PHASE).
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] ××
●The signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor specification is displayed.
●When engine is running specification
range is indicated.
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec] ×
●“Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
injection pulse width programmed into
ECM, prior to any learned on board cor-
rection.
●When engine is running specification
range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%]
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] ×
●The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed-
back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated.
●When engine is running specification
range is indicated.
●This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-131
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
FUEL INJEC-
TION
●Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
●Change the amount of fuel injec-
tion using CONSULT-II.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
●Harness and connectors
●Fuel injector
●A/F sensor 1
IGNITION TIM-
ING
●Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
●Timing light: Set
●Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM. ●Perform Idle Air Volume Learning
POWER BAL-
ANCE
●Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine.
●A/C switch: OFF
●Shift lever: P or N
●Cut off each fuel injector signal
one at a time using CONSULT-II.
Engine runs rough or dies.
●Harness and connectors
●Compression
●Fuel injector
●Power transistor
●Spark plug
●Ignition coil
COOLING FAN*
●Ignition switch: ON
●Turn the cooling fan “HI”, “MID”,
“LOW” and “OFF” using CON-
SULT-II.
Cooling fan moves and stops.
●Harness and connectors
●Cooling fan motor
●IPDM E/R
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
●Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
●Change the engine coolant tem-
perature using CONSULT-II.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
●Harness and connectors
●Engine coolant temperature sen-
sor
●Fuel injector
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
●Turn the fuel pump relay ON and
OFF using CONSULT-II and lis-
ten to operating sound.
Fuel pump relay makes the operat-
ing sound.
●Harness and connectors
●Fuel pump relay
EGR VOL
CONT/V
●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
●Change the EGR volume control
valve opening step using CON-
SULT-II.
EGR volume control valve makes
an operating sound.
●Harness and connectors
●EGR volume control valve
VIAS SOL VALVE
●Ignition switch: ON
●Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF
using CONSULT-II and listen to
operating sound.
Solenoid valve makes the operating
sound.
●Harness and connectors
●Solenoid valve
ENGINE
MOUNTING
●Ignition switch: ON
●Turn electronic controlled engine
mount “IDLE” and “TRVL” with
the CONSULT-II.
Electronic controlled engine mount
makes the operating sound.
●Harness and connectors
●Electronic controlled engine
mount
PURG VOL
CONT/V
●Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
●Change the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-II.
Engine speed changes according to
the opening percent.
●Harness and connectors
●Solenoid valve
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN ●Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-II.
EC-132
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
*: Leaving cooling fan “OFF” with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-56, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
*: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to V42 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens.
VENT CON-
TROL/V
●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
●Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF
with the CONSULT-II and listen
to operating sound.
Solenoid valve makes an operating
sound.
●Harness and connectors
●Solenoid valve
V/T ASSIGN
ANGLE
●Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
●Change intake valve timing using
CONSULT-II.
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
●Harness and connectors
●Intake valve timing control sole-
noid valve
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page
EVAPORATIVE SYS-
TEM
PURG FLOW P0441 P0441 EC-434
EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442* P0442 EC-439
P0455 EC-494
EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456* P0456 EC-502
PURG VOL CN/V P1444 P0443 EC-447
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-244
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-275
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286 P0150 EC-244
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1288/P1289 P0153 EC-275
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-318
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-301
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-288
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 P0159 EC-318
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 P0158 EC-301
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 P0157 EC-288
EGR SYSTEM EGR SYSTEM P0400 P0400 EC-406
EGR SYSTEM P1402 P1402 EC-570
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-133
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
●The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen
in real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONI-
TOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording
Data ... xx%” as shown at right, and the data after the mal-
function detection is recorded. Then when the percentage
reached 100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If
“STOP” is touched on the screen during “Recording Data ...
xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MAN-
UAL.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
●DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunc-
tion is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though
a malfunction is detected.
PBIB1593E
SEF707X
EC-134
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
Operation
1. “AUTO TRIG”
●While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
●While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, compo-
nents and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/
1st trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-26, "How to Perform
Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
2. “MANU TRIG”
●If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for fur-
ther diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function
EBS00QW9
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.
PBIB0197E
SEF139P
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-135
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
FUNCTION
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect GST to data link connector, which is located under LH
dash panel near the hood opener handle.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
Diagnostic test mode Function
Service $01 READINESS TESTS This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including
analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA)
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-125, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st
Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
Service $03 DTCs This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
were stored by ECM.
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This
includes:
●Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
●Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
●Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
●Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
●Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
●Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and 7)
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of
specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS)
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
Service $08 —
This diagnostic service can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine
stopped).
When this diagnostic service is performed, EVAP canister vent control valve can be
closed.
In the following conditions, this diagnostic service cannot function.
●Low ambient temperature
●Low battery voltage
●Engine running
● Ignition switch OFF
●Low fuel temperature
●Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID) This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor-
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
BBIA0336E
EC-136
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
5. Perform each diagnostic service according to each service pro-
cedure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of
the tool maker.
SEF398S
SEF416S
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-137
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
EBS00QWA
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
ENG SPEED ●Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica-
tion.
Almost the same speed as the
tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 ●See EC-142, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
B/FUEL SCHDL ●See EC-142, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
A/F ALPHA-B1
A/F ALPHA-B2 ●See EC-142, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
COOLAN TEMP/S ●Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
A/F SEN1 (B1)
A/F SEN1 (B2) ●Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
rpm Fluctuates around 1.5V
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
–Engine: after warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
1.0V
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) LEAN ←→ RICH
VHCL SPEED SE ●Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer
indication.
Almost the same speed as the
speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT ●Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
ACCEL SEN 1
ACCEL SEN 2*
●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8V
THRTL SEN 1
THRTL SEN 2*
●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
●Shift lever: D
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
EGR TEMP SEN ●Engine: After warming up Less than 4.5V
EVAP SYS PRES ●Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
START SIGNAL ●Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
CLSD THL POS ●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
AIR COND SIG ●Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates.) ON
P/N POSI SW ●Ignition switch: ON Shift lever: P or N ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL ●Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
Steering wheel is not being turned. OFF
Steering wheel is being turned. ON
LOAD SIGNAL ●Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd. ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
and lighting switch is OFF. OFF
IGNITION SW ●Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
HEATER FAN SW ●Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
Heater fan is operating. ON
Heater fan is not operating. OFF
BRAKE SW ●Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
EC-138
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
INJ PULSE-B1
INJ PULSE-B2
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
IGN TIMING
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle 13° - 18° BTDC
2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
CAL/LD VALUE
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle 5% - 35%
2,500 rpm 5% - 35%
MASS AIRFLOW
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g·m/s
PURG VOL C/V
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle
(Accelerator pedal is not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting)
0%
2,000 rpm —
EGR VOL CON/V
●Engine: After warming up
● Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle 0 step
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
rpm quickly 10 - 55 step
INT/V TIM (B1)
INT/V TIM (B2)
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle −5° - 5°CA
2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 30°CA
INT/V SOL (B1)
INT/V SOL (B2)
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle 0% - 2%
2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 50%
VIAS S/V ●Engine: After warming up 1,800 - 3,600 rpm ON
Except above conditions OFF
AIR COND RLY ●Engine: After warming up
idle the engine
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates) ON
ENGINE MOUNT ●Engine: Running Engine speed is below 950 rpm IDLE
Engine speed is above 950 rpm TRVL
FUEL PUMP RLY
●For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
●Engine running or cranking ON
●Except above conditions OFF
VENT CONT/V ●Ignition switch: ON OFF
THRTL RELAY ●Ignition switch: ON ON
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-139
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.
COOLING FAN
●Engine: After warming up,
idle the engine
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
(201°F) or less OFF
Engine coolant temperature is
between 95°C (203°F) and 99°C
(210°F)
LOW
Engine coolant temperature is
between 100°C (212°F) and 104°C
(219°F)
MID
Engine coolant temperature is 105°C
(221°F) or more HI
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
●Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
–Engine: After warming up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
ON
●Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
I/P PULLY SPD ●Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH) Almost the same speed as the
tachometer indication
VEHICLE SPEED ●Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer
indication.
Almost the same speed as the
speedometer indication
TRVL AFTER MIL ●Ignition switch: ON Vehicle has traveled after MIL has
turned ON.
0 - 65,535 km
(0 - 40,723 mile)
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
A/F S1 HTR (B2) ●Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 0 - 100%
AC PRESS SEN ●Engine: Idle
●Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates) 1.0 - 4.0V
VHCL SPEED SE ●Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CON-
SULT-II value.
Almost the same speed as the
speedometer indication
SET VHCL SPD ●Engine: Running ASCD: Operating. The preset vehicle speed is
displayed.
MAIN SW ●Ignition switch: ON MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL SW ●Ignition switch: ON CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACC SW ●Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Pressed ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Released OFF
SET SW ●Ignition switch: ON SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
BRAKE SW1 ●Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully released ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW2 ●Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
CRUISE LAMP ●Ignition switch: ON MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time
→ at the 2nd time ON → OFF
SET LAMP
●MAIN switch: ON
●When vehicle speed is between
40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h
(89 MPH)
ACSD: Operating ON
ASCD: Not operating OFF
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
EC-140
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2006 Quest
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00QWB
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with shift lever in D position.
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from ON to OFF.
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)” and “INJ PULSE-B1”
when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
PBIB0198E
PBIB2445E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC-141
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
PBIB2099E
EC-142
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
2006 Quest
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031
Description
EBS00QWC
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI-
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
●B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor-
rection)
●A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
●MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition
EBS00QWD
●Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
●Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2 , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
●Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
●Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
●Transmission: Warmed-up*1
●Electrical load: Not applied*2
●Engine speed: Idle
*1: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” (A/T
fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
Inspection Procedure
EBS00QWE
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-75, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-143, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
EC-143
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QWF
OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2268E
EC-144
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
2006 Quest
PBIB2548E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
EC-145
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-142, "Testing Condition" .
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR
(SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is within
the SP value.
NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1
minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
out of the SP value even a little.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
2. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19.
3. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
4. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PBIB2369E
PBIB2332E
PBIB2332E
EC-146
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
2006 Quest
5. CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
>> INSPECTION END
6. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-84, "Fuel Pressure Check" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator, refer to EC-85, "FUEL PRESSURE
CHECK" . GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check the following.
–Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
–Clogged fuel filter
–Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-692, "FUEL PUMP" .)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. (Refer to EC-84, "Fuel Pressure Check" .)
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
>> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.
9. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.
PBIB0133E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
EC-147
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check the following.
–Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-698, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .)
–Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-684, "FUEL INJECTOR" .)
–Intake air leakage
–Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-115, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.)
>> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.
12. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1.
●For DTC P0130, P0150, refer to EC-244, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
●For DTC P0131, P0151, refer to EC-255, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
●For DTC P0132, P0152, refer to EC-265, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
●For DTC P0133, P0153, refer to EC-276, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
●For DTC P2A00, P2A03, refer to EC-657, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC.
>> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 15.
15. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
EC-148
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
2006 Quest
16. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-97, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
17. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
18. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
–Engine oil level is too high
–Engine oil viscosity
–Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
–Noise from engine
–Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
–EGR valve stuck
–Valve clearance malfunction
–Intake valve timing control function malfunction
–Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
19. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
●Crushed air ducts
●Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
●Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
●Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
PBIB2332E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
EC-149
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
20. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.
21. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.
>> GO TO 22.
22. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-207, "DTC
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.
23. CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and
then GO TO 29.
24. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
BL-210, "NVIS(NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System-NATS)" .
3. Perform EC-81, "VIN Registration" .
4. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> GO TO 29.
PBIB2370E
EC-150
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
2006 Quest
25. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
●Crushed air ducts
●Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
●Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
●Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27.
27. CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and
then GO TO 30.
28. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
●Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
●Looseness of oil filler cap
●Disconnection of oil level gauge
●Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
●Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
●Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
●Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system
parts
●Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30.
29. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-97, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
PBIB2370E
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
EC-151
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
30. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and then make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-97, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
EC-152
Revision: July 2006
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
2006 Quest
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
Description
EBS00QWG
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QWH
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-64, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.
4. CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS
Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal" , “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Con-
tact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace connector.
STEP in Work Flow Situation
2 The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
EC-153
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:24110
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QWI
BBWA1597E
EC-154
Revision: July 2006
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
109 R Ignition switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
EC-155
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BBWA1598E
EC-156
Revision: July 2006
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QWJ
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Fuse block (J/B) connector E30
●10A fuse
●Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
1 B ECM ground [Engine is running]
●Idle speed Body ground
115
116
B
BECM ground [Engine is running]
●Idle speed Body ground
Voltage: Battery voltage
MBIB0015E
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
EC-157
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors F14, E5
●Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0637E
Continuity should exist.
EC-158
Revision: July 2006
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
2006 Quest
7. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 17 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-698, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
11.
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 111 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1585E
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V.
PBIB1630E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1191E
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
EC-159
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
10. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E122.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and IPDM E/R terminal 18.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E121.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and IPDM E/R terminal 46.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12. CHECK 15A FUSE
1. Disconnect 15A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 15A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace 15A fuse.
Continuity should exist.
Continuity should exist.
EC-160
Revision: July 2006
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
2006 Quest
13. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
14. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors F14, E5
●Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0637E
Continuity should exist.
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
EC-161
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Ground Inspection
EBS00QWK
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
●Remove the ground bolt or screw.
●Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
●Clean as required to assure good contact.
●Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
●Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
●If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to “Ground Distribution” in PG section.
PBIB1870E
EC-162
Revision: July 2006
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
2006 Quest
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
Description
EBS00QWL
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QWM
*1: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
*2: The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QWN
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-164, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis
name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1000*1
1000*1CAN communication
line
●ECM cannot communicate to other control
units.
●ECM cannot communicate for more than the
specified time.
●Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
U1001*2
1001*2
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
EC-163
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QWO
BBWA1599E
EC-164
Revision: July 2006
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QWP
Go to LAN-3, "PRECAUTIONS" .
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION
EC-165
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION PFP:23710
Description
EBS00QWQ
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QWR
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QWS
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-166, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1010
1010 CAN communication bus Initializing CAN communication bus is mal-
functioning. ●ECM
SEF058Y
EC-166
Revision: July 2006
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QWT
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-165, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the DTC U1010 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Service $04” with GST.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-165, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the DTC U1010 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
BL-210, "NVIS(NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System-NATS)" .
3. Perform EC-81, "VIN Registration" .
4. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
EC-167
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL PFP:23796
Description
EBS00QWU
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
*1: Signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00QWV
Specification data are reference values.
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed and piston position
Intake valve
timing control
Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1
PBIB1389E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
INT/V TIM (B1)
INT/V TIM (B2)
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle −5° - 5°CA
2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 30°CA
INT/V SOL (B1)
INT/V SOL (B2)
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle 0% - 2%
2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 50%
EC-168
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
2006 Quest
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QWW
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QWX
NOTE:
●If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, first perform trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0075 or P0081. Refer to EC-190, "DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
●If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive sec-
onds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-170, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
7. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-170, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis
name Detecting condition Possible cause
P0011
0011
(Bank 1)
Intake valve timing
control performance
There is a gap between angle of target and
phase-control angle degree.
●Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
●Intake valve control solenoid valve
●Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
●Timing chain installation
●Foreign matter cought in the oil groove for
intake valve timing control
P0021
0021
(Bank 2)
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function.
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S 60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.4 msec
Shift lever P or N position
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving location uphill
Driving vehicle uphill
(Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
PBIB0164E
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
EC-169
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-170
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QWY
1. CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
KG >> Go to LU-7, "ENGINE OIL PRESSURE CHECK" .
2. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-171, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
3. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-395, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
4. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
5. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
●Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
●Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
PBIA8559J
SEC905C
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
EC-171
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
6. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
OK or NG
OK >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-56, "TIMING CHAIN" .
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Refer to EM-106, "Inspection After Installation" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Clean lubrication line.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For wiring diagram, refer to EC-390 for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-398 for CMP sensor (PHASE).
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00QWZ
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Removal and Installation
EBS00QX0
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-56, "TIMING CHAIN" .
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.5Ω at 20°C (68°F)
1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist.)
PBIB0193E
PBIB2275E
EC-172
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
2006 Quest
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER PFP:22693
Description
EBS00QX1
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00QX2
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QX3
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QX4
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
With CONSULT-II
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-177, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed Air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater
control
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
A/F S1 HTR (B2) ●Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 0 - 100%
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0031
0031
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
1 heater control circuit
low
The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.)
●Harness or connectors
(The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
●A/F sensor 1 heater
P0051
0051
(Bank 2)
P0032
0032
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
1 heater control circuit
high
The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.)
●Harness or connectors
(The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.)
●A/F sensor 1 heater
P0052
0052
(Bank 2)
SEF058Y
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
EC-173
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QX5
BANK 1
BBWA2016E
EC-174
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
2R/G A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
16 BR
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 3.1V
35 O/B Approximately 2.6V
56 V Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
EC-175
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA2017E
EC-176
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
24 W A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
57 W/R
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 2.6V
58 LG/R Approximately 2.3V
76 O Approximately 3.1V
77 LG Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
EC-177
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QX6
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-178
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
2006 Quest
2. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1) (2).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●IPDM E/R harness connector E122
●15A fuse
●Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 (bank 1) or 24 (bank 2) and A/F sensor 1 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
:Vehicle front 3. Intake manifold collector
Voltage: Battery voltage
BBIA0656E
PBIB1683E
Continuity should exist.
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
EC-179
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
5. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 7.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace.
7. REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
●Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxy-
gen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00QX7
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check resistance between terminals 3 and 4.
Check continuity between terminals 3 and 1, 2, 5, 6, terminals 4 and
1, 2, 5, 6.
If NG, replace the A/F sensor 1.
CAUTION:
●Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a
height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such
as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool
J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
EBS00QX8
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-25, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
Resistance: 2.3 - 4.3Ω at 25°C (77°F)
Continuity should not exist.
PBIB1684E
EC-180
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
2006 Quest
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
Description
EBS00QX9
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00QXA
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QXB
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
●Engine: After warming up
●Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
ON
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
●Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
●Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
–Engine: After warming up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
ON
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0037
0037
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control circuit low
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen-
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
●Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
circuit is open or shorted.)
●Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0057
0057
(Bank 2)
P0038
0038
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control circuit high
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen-
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2
heater.)
●Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
circuit is shorted.)
●Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0058
0058
(Bank 2)
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
EC-181
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QXC
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start the engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 rpm
and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-186, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF174Y
EC-182
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QXD
BANK 1
BBWA1999E
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
EC-183
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
25 P Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
–Engine: after warming up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
74 W Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are met
–Engine: After warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
0 - Approximately 1.0V
78 B Heated oxygen sensor 2
ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
EC-184
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA2000E
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
EC-185
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
6GR Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
–Engine: after warming up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
55 W Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are met
–Engine: After warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
0 - Approximately 1.0V
78 B Heated oxygen sensor 2
ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
EC-186
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QXE
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
EC-187
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK HO2S2 HEATER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●IPDM E/R connector E122
●15A fuse
●Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
Voltage: Battery voltage
BBIA0324E
PBIB0112E
EC-188
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
2006 Quest
4. CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Refer to EC-188, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00QXF
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-
18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
DTC Terminals Bank
ECM Sensor
P0037, P0038 25 2 1
P0057, P0058 6 2 2
Continuity should exist.
Terminal No. Resistance
2 and 3 5.0 - 7.0 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞ Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
4 and 1, 2, 3
SEF249Y
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
EC-189
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Removal and Installation
EBS00QXG
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-25, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
EC-190
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
2006 Quest
DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23796
Component Description
EBS00QXH
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00QXI
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QXJ
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QXK
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-195, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
PBIB1842E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
INT/V SOL (B1)
INT/V SOL (B2)
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle 0% - 2%
2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 50%
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0075
0075
(Bank 1) Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve circuit
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
through intake valve timing control solenoid
valve.
●Harness or connectors
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
circuit is open or shorted.)
●Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0081
0081
(Bank 2)
SEF058Y
DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
EC-191
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QXL
BANK 1
BBWA1625E
EC-192
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
11 R/L Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
7 - 12V
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
PBIB1790E
DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
EC-193
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA1626E
EC-194
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
10 Y/L Intake valve timing control
solenoid valve (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
7 - 12V
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
PBIB1790E
DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
EC-195
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QXM
1. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness connectors F44, F101 (bank 1)
●Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
●Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 11 (bank 1) or 10 (bank 2) and intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
Voltage: Battery voltage
BBIA0065E
PBIB0192E
Continuity should exist.
EC-196
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
2006 Quest
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors F44, F101 (bank 1)
●Harness for open and short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-196, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00QXN
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals as follows.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Removal and Installation
EBS00QXO
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-56, "TIMING CHAIN" .
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.5Ω at 20°C (68°F)
1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω
(Continuity should not exist)
PBIB0193E
PBIB2275E
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
EC-197
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
Component Description
EBS00QXP
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00QXQ
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QXR
PBIB1604E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
MAS A/F SE-B1 ●See EC-142, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
CAL/LD VALUE
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle 5% - 35%
2,500 rpm 5% - 35%
MASS AIRFLOW
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g·m/s
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0101
0101
Mass air flow sensor cir-
cuit range/performance
A) A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
under light load driving condition.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
●Mass air flow sensor
●EVAP control system pressure
sensor
●Intake air temperature sensor
B) A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
under heavy load driving condition.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
●Intake air leaks
●Mass air flow sensor
●EVAP control system pressure
sensor
●Intake air temperature sensor
EC-198
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QXS
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead
of running engine at idle speed.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-201, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-201, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”.
5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
6. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
If NG, go to EC-201, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
SEF174Y
SEF243Y
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
EC-199
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
7. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive sec-
onds.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-201, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
Overall Function Check
EBS00QXT
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “Service $01” with GST.
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with “Service $01”.
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
5. If NG, go to EC-201, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
ENG SPEED More than 2,000 rpm
THRTL SEN 1 More than 3V
THRTL SEN 2 More than 3V
Shift lever Suitable position
Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help
maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
PBIB0199E
SEF534P
EC-200
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QXU
BBWA1602E
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
EC-201
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QXV
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?
A or B
A>>GO TO 3.
B>>GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
●Air duct
●Vacuum hoses
●Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
51 W/L Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
1.0 - 1.3V
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
1.6 - 2.0V
67 B Sensor ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC-202
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
2006 Quest
3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
EC-203
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and mass air flow sensor
●Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 67, TCM terminal 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
BBIA0327E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1597E
Continuity should exist.
EC-204
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
2006 Quest
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
●Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 51.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-220, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace intake air temperature sensor.
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-478, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
11. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-205, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Continuity should exist.
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
EC-205
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00QXW
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-II and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the follow-
ing conditions.
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
●Crushed air ducts
●Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
●Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
●Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
8. Perform step 2 to 4 again.
9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
●Crushed air ducts
●Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
●Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
●Improper specification of intake air system parts
Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.) 1.0 - 1.3
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
normal operating temperature.) 1.6 - 2.0
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.0 - 1.3 to Approx. 2.4 PBIB2371E
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.) 1.0 - 1.3
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
normal operating temperature.) 1.6 - 2.0
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.0 - 1.3 to Approx. 2.4 PBIB1106E
EC-206
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
2006 Quest
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 3 again.
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation
EBS00QXX
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
EC-207
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
Component Description
EBS00QXY
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00QXZ
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QY0
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
PBIB1604E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
MAS A/F SE-B1 ●See EC-142, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
CAL/LD VALUE
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle 5% - 35%
2,500 rpm 5% - 35%
MASS AIRFLOW
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g·m/s
2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g·m/s
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0102
0102
Mass air flow sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●Intake air leaks
●Mass air flow sensor
P0103
0103
Mass air flow sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●Mass air flow sensor
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EC-208
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QY1
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-210, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-210, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-210, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y
SEF058Y
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
EC-209
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QY2
BBWA1602E
EC-210
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QY3
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 3.
P0103 >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
●Air duct
●Vacuum hoses
●Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
51 W/L Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
1.0 - 1.3V
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
1.6 - 2.0V
67 B Sensor ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
EC-211
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-212
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
2006 Quest
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and mass air flow sensor
●Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 67, TCM terminal 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
BBIA0327E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1597E
Continuity should exist.
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
EC-213
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
●Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 51.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-214, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Continuity should exist.
EC-214
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00QY4
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-II and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the follow-
ing conditions.
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
●Crushed air ducts
●Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
●Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
●Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
8. Perform step 2 to 4 again.
9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
●Crushed air ducts
●Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
●Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
●Improper specification of intake air system parts
Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.) 1.0 - 1.3
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
normal operating temperature.) 1.6 - 2.0
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 1.0 - 1.3 to Approx. 2.4* PBIB2371E
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
operating temperature.) 1.0 - 1.3
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
normal operating temperature.) 1.6 - 2.0
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 1.0 - 1.3 to Approx. 2.4* PBIB1106E
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
EC-215
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 3 again.
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation
EBS00QY5
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer toEM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
EC-216
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description
EBS00QY6
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
<Reference data>
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 34 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QY7
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QY8
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-218, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
PBIB1604E
Intake air temperature
°C (°F) Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 3.32 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.23 0.283 - 0.359
SEF012P
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0112
0112
Intake air temperature sensor
circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor
is sent to ECM. ●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●Intake air temperature sensor
P0113
0113
Intake air temperature sensor
circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor
is sent to ECM.
SEF058Y
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
EC-217
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QY9
BBWA1654E
EC-218
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QYA
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
EC-219
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 2 and
ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 67, TCM terminal
42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness for open or short between intake air temperature sensor and ECM
●Harness for open or short between intake air temperature sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-220, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
BBIA0327E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB1598E
Continuity should exist.
EC-220
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
2006 Quest
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer toEC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00QYB
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals 1 and
2 under the following conditions.
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
Removal and Installation
EBS00QYC
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
PBIB1604E
SEF012P
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
EC-221
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description
EBS00QYD
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
<Reference data>
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 73 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QYE
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
SEF594K
Engine coolant temperature
°C (°F) Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
P0117
0117
Engine coolant temperature
sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM. ●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118
0118
Engine coolant temperature
sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temper-
ature sensor circuit
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition Engine coolant temperature decided
(CONSULT-II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
START 80°C (176°F)
Except as shown above 40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
EC-222
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QYF
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-224, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
EC-223
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QYG
BBWA1603E
EC-224
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QYH
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
EC-225
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 67, TCM terminal 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness for open and short between ECT sensor and ECM
●Harness for open and short between ECT sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-226, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
BBIA0323E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB0080E
Continuity should exist.
EC-226
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
2006 Quest
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00QYI
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
<Reference data>
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Removal and Installation
EBS00QYJ
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to CO-22, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
PBIB2005E
Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
EC-227
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
Component Description
EBS00QYK
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00QYL
Specification data are reference values.
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QYM
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
PBIB0145E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
THRTL SEN 1
THRTL SEN 2*
●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
●Shift lever: D
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0122
0122
Throttle position sen-
sor 2 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
2 is sent to ECM.
●Harness or connectors
(TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
●Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 2)
Accelerator pedal position sensor.
(APP sensor 2)
P0123
0123
Throttle position sensor
2 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sen-
sor 2 is sent to ECM.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EC-228
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QYN
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-231, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
EC-229
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QYO
BBWA1604E
EC-230
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
47 R Throttle position sensor
power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
50 Y Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
66 G Throttle position sensor
ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
69 L Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36V
91 O APP sensor 2 power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
EC-231
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QYP
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-232
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-639, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.
BBIA0318E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB0082E
Continuity should exist.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-229
91 APP sensor terminal 6 EC-634
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
EC-233
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 69 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-234, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Continuity should exist.
Continuity should exist.
EC-234
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00QYQ
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position.
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
7. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
EBS00QYR
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
50
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released More than 0.36V
Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
69
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released Less than 4.75V
Fully depressed More than 0.36V
PBIB1608E
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
EC-235
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description
EBS00QYS
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or
P0118. Refer to EC-221, "DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR" .
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
<Reference data>
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 73 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QYT
SEF594K
Engine coolant
temperature °C (°F) Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0125
0125
Insufficient engine coolant
temperature for closed
loop fuel control
●Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
practical, even when some time has passed
after starting the engine.
●Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
closed loop fuel control.
●Harness or connectors
(High resistance in the circuit)
●Engine coolant temperature sensor
●Thermostat
EC-236
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QYU
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F).
If it is above 10°C (50°F), the test result will be OK.
If it is below 10°C (50°F), go to following step.
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 10°C (50°F)
within 65 minutes, stop engine because the test result will
be OK.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-237, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF174Y
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
EC-237
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QYV
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-238, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
3. CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-22, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Refer to EC-223, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END
BBIA0637E
EC-238
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00QYW
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
<Reference data>
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Removal and Installation
EBS00QYX
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to CO-22, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
PBIB2005E
Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
EC-239
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description
EBS00QYY
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
<Reference data>
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 34 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QYZ
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QZ0
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F)
a. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1604E
Intake air temperature
°C (°F) Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 3.32 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.23 0.283 - 0.359
SEF012P
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0127
0127
Intake air temperature
too high
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
from engine coolant temperature sensor.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●Intake air temperature sensor
EC-240
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
2006 Quest
b. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Check the engine coolant temperature.
d. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F),
turn ignition switch OFF and cool down engine.
●Perform the following steps before engine coolant tempera-
ture is above 90°C (194°F).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 con-
secutive seconds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-240, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QZ1
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
SEF189Y
BBIA0637E
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
EC-241
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-241, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Refer to EC-217, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00QZ2
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor termi-
nals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
Removal and Installation
EBS00QZ3
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
PBIB1604E
SEF012P
EC-242
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
2006 Quest
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION PFP:21200
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QZ4
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QZ5
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
●For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 60°C (140°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Replace thermostat with new one. Refer to CO-22, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
Use only a genuine NISSAN thermostat as a replacement. If an incorrect thermostat is used, the MIL may
come on.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F).
If it is below 60°C (140°F), go to following step.
If it is above 60°C (140°F), cool down the engine to less than 60°C (140°F), then retry from step 1.
5. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-242, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1. Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QZ6
1. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-243, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0128
0128 Thermostat function
The engine coolant temperature does not
reach to specified temperature even though
the engine has run long enough.
●Thermostat
●Leakage from sealing portion of thermo-
stat
●Engine coolant temperature sensor
VHCL SPEED SE 80 - 120 km/h (50 - 75 MPH)
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
EC-243
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00QZ7
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2.
<Reference data>
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Removal and Installation
EBS00QZ8
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to CO-22, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
PBIB2005E
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.0
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
EC-244
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 PFP:22693
Component Description
EBS00QZ9
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentra-
tion cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance.
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-
pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating tempera-
ture of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00QZA
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QZB
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QZC
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
SEF579Z
SEF580Z
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1)
A/F SEN1 (B2) ●Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 1.5V
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0130
0130
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
circuit
●The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/
F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 1.5V.
●Harness or connectors
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
●Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0150
0150
(Bank 2)
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-245
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
If the indication is constantly approx. 1.5V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-251, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the indication fluctuates around 1.5V, go to next step.
4. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F
SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Touch “START”.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from
step 2.
7. Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
8. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from
step 6.
9. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULT”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-251, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check
EBS00QZD
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Set D position with “OD” ON, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to
50 km/h (30 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
7. Repeat steps 2 to 3 five times.
ENG SPEED 1,100 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
Shift lever D position with “OD” ON
SEF576Z
SEF577Z
SEF578Z
EC-246
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
8. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
9. Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-251, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-247
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QZE
BANK 1
BBWA2014E
EC-248
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
2R/G A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
16 BR
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 3.1V
35 O/B Approximately 2.6V
56 V Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-249
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA2015E
EC-250
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
24 W A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
57 W/R
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 2.6V
58 LG/R Approximately 2.3V
76 O Approximately 3.1V
77 LG Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-251
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QZF
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-252
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
2. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1) (2).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●IPDM E/R harness connector E122
●15A fuse
●Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
:Vehicle front 3. Intake manifold collector
Voltage: Battery voltage
BBIA0656E
PBIB1683E
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-253
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
6. REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
●Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxy-
gen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
Bank1
116
275
535
656
Bank 2
176
277
557
658
Continuity should exist.
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
116176
275277
535557
656658
Continuity should not exist.
EC-254
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
Removal and Installation
EBS00QZG
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-25, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-255
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 PFP:22693
Component Description
EBS00QZH
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentra-
tion cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance.
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-
pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating tempera-
ture of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00QZI
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QZJ
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QZK
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF579Z
SEF580Z
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1)
A/F SEN1 (B2) ●Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 1.5V
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0131
0131
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
circuit low voltage
●The A/F signal computed by ECM from the
A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0V.
●Harness or connectors
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
●Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0151
0151
(Bank 2)
EC-256
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 0V, go to EC-261, "Diag-
nostic Procedure" .
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then
restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive sec-
onds.
NOTE:
●Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
●If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4.
7. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-261, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Gear position Suitable position
SEF581Z
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-257
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QZL
BANK 1
BBWA2014E
EC-258
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
2R/G A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
16 BR
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 3.1V
35 O/B Approximately 2.6V
56 V Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-259
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA2015E
EC-260
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
24 W A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
57 W/R
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 2.6V
58 LG/R Approximately 2.3V
76 O Approximately 3.1V
77 LG Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-261
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QZM
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-262
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
2. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1) (2).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●IPDM E/R harness connector E122
●15A fuse
●Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
:Vehicle front 3. Intake manifold collector
Voltage: Battery voltage
BBIA0656E
PBIB1683E
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-263
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
6. REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
●Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxy-
gen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
Bank1
116
275
535
656
Bank 2
176
277
557
658
Continuity should exist.
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
116176
275277
535557
656658
Continuity should not exist.
EC-264
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
Removal and Installation
EBS00QZN
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-25, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-265
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 PFP:22693
Component Description
EBS00QZO
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentra-
tion cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance.
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-
pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating tempera-
ture of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00QZP
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QZQ
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QZR
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF579Z
SEF580Z
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1)
A/F SEN1 (B2) ●Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 1.5V
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0132
0132
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
circuit high voltage
●The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5V.
●Harness or connectors
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
●Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0152
0152
(Bank 2)
EC-266
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 5V, go to EC-271, "Diag-
nostic Procedure" .
If the indication is not constantly approx. 5V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then
restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive sec-
onds.
NOTE:
●Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
●If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4.
7. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-271, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Gear position Suitable position
SEF581Z
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-267
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QZS
BANK 1
BBWA2014E
EC-268
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
2R/G A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
16 BR
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 3.1V
35 O/B Approximately 2.6V
56 V Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-269
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA2015E
EC-270
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
24 W A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
57 W/R
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 2.6V
58 LG/R Approximately 2.3V
76 O Approximately 3.1V
77 LG Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-271
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00QZT
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-272
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
2. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1) (2).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●IPDM E/R harness connector E122
●15A fuse
●Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
:Vehicle front 3. Intake manifold collector
Voltage: Battery voltage
BBIA0656E
PBIB1683E
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-273
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
6. REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
●Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxy-
gen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
Bank1
116
275
535
656
Bank 2
176
277
557
658
Continuity should exist.
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
116176
275277
535557
656658
Continuity should not exist.
EC-274
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
Removal and Installation
EBS00QZU
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-25, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-275
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 PFP:22693
Component Description
EBS00QZV
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentra-
tion cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance.
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-
pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating tempera-
ture of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00QZW
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00QZX
To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F sig-
nal computed by ECM from the air fuel ration (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine oper-
ating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ration (A/F) sensor 1 temperature
index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately
long or not.
SEF579Z
SEF580Z
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1)
A/F SEN1 (B2) ●Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 1.5V
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0133
0133
(Bank 1)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
circuit slow response
●The response of the A/F signal computed by
ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than
the specified time.
●Harness or connectors
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
●Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
●Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
●Fuel pressure
●Fuel injector
●Intake air leaks
●Exhaust gas leaks
●PCV
●Mass air flow sensor
P0153
0153
(Bank 2)
EC-276
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00QZY
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) or “A/F SEN1(B1) P1288/P1289” (for DTC P0153)
of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step
10.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to
the following step.
7. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen.
a. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it
for 10 seconds.
b. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about
10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-
142, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
8. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle at under the condition that
“TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-II screen.
9. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to
EC-142, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULT”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-282, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB0756E
PBIB1925E
PBIB0758E
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-277
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “Service $01” with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Make sure that the total percentage should be within ±15%.
If OK, go to the following step.
If NG, check the following.
●Intake air leaks
●Exhaust gas leaks
●Incorrect fuel pressure
●Lack of fuel
●Fuel injectors
●Incorrect PCV hose connection
●PCV valve
●Mass air flow sensor
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Select “Service $07” with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-282, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-278
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00QZZ
BANK 1
BBWA2014E
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-279
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
2R/G A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
16 BR
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 3.1V
35 O/B Approximately 2.6V
56 V Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
EC-280
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA2015E
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-281
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
24 W A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
57 W/R
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
Approximately 2.6V
58 LG/R Approximately 2.3V
76 O Approximately 3.1V
77 LG Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
EC-282
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R00
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2. RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0637E
Tightening torque: 50 N-m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)
BBIA0234E
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-283
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.
4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.
PBIB1216E
EC-284
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”
or “START”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-64, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-331 or EC-343 .
No >> GO TO 6.
SEF968Y
BBIA0327E
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-285
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
6. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1) (2).
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●IPDM E/R harness connector E122
●15A fuse
●Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
:Vehicle front 3. Intake manifold collector
Voltage: Battery voltage
BBIA0656E
PBIB1683E
EC-286
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
8. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 13.
10. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-205, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
Bank1
116
275
535
656
Bank 2
176
277
557
658
Continuity should exist.
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
116176
275277
535557
656658
Continuity should not exist.
DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-287
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
11. CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-47, "POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair or replace PCV valve.
12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair or replace.
13. REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
●Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxy-
gen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
EBS00R01
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-25, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
EC-288
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
2006 Quest
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
Component Description
EBS00R02
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the A/F sensor 1 are shifted, the
air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the
heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R03
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R04
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-
cut.
SEF327R
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
–Engine: after warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
1.0V
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) LEAN ←→ RICH
PBIB2162E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0137
0137
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor
2 circuit low voltage
The maximum voltage from the sensor is not
reached to the specified voltage.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●Heated oxygen sensor 2
●Fuel pressure
●Fuel injector
●Intake air leaks
P0157
0157
(Bank 2)
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
EC-289
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R05
NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C
(158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN
TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1167” (for DTC P0157) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
9. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-295, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check
EBS00R06
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
SEF174Y
PBIB2373E
EC-290
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
2006 Quest
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.78V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be above 0.78V at least once during this
procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-295, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB1607E
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
EC-291
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R07
BANK 1
BBWA2001E
EC-292
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
25 P Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
–Engine: After warming up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
74 W Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are met
–Engine: After warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
0 - Approximately 1.0V
78 B Heated oxygen sensor 2
ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
EC-293
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA2002E
EC-294
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
6GR Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
–Engine: After warming up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
55 W Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are met
–Engine: After warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
0 - Approximately 1.0V
78 B Heated oxygen sensor 2
ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
EC-295
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R08
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-296
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
2006 Quest
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-64, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-331 .
No >> GO TO 3.
SEF968Y
BBIA0327E
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
EC-297
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Continuity should exist.
BBIA0324E
EC-298
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
2006 Quest
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R09
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
DTC Terminals Bank
ECM Sensor
P0137 74 1 1
P0157 55 1 2
Continuity should exist.
DTC Terminals Bank
ECM Sensor
P0137 74 1 1
P0157 55 1 2
Continuity should not exist.
SEF174Y
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
EC-299
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.78V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
●Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.78V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.78V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
PBIB1672E
PBIB2163E
PBIB1607E
EC-300
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2
2006 Quest
Removal and Installation
EBS00R0A
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-25, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
EC-301
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
Component Description
EBS00R0B
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R0C
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R0D
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time.
MALFUNCTION A
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving con-
dition such as fuel-cut.
SEF327R
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
–Engine: after warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
1.0V
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) LEAN ←→ RICH
PBIB1848E
EC-302
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
2006 Quest
MALFUNCTION B
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R0E
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.
If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-309, "PROCEDURE FOR
MALFUNCTION A" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PBIB2376E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis
name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0138
0138
(Bank 1)
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 circuit
high voltage
AAn excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to
ECM.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted)
●Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0158
0158
(Bank 2)
BThe minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to
the specified voltage.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted)
●Heated oxygen sensor 2
●Fuel pressure
●Fuel injector
SEF174Y
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
EC-303
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C
(158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN
TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1166” (for DTC P0158) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
9. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-312, "PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check
EBS00R0F
PROCEDURE MALFUNCTION B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
SEF174Y
PBIB2372E
EC-304
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
2006 Quest
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-312, "PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B" .
PBIB1607E
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
EC-305
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R0G
BANK 1
BBWA2001E
EC-306
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
25 P Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
–Engine: After warming up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
74 W Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are met
–Engine: After warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
0 - Approximately 1.0V
78 B Heated oxygen sensor 2
ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
EC-307
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA2002E
EC-308
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
6GR Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
–Engine: After warming up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
55 W Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are met
–Engine: After warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
0 - Approximately 1.0V
78 B Heated oxygen sensor 2
ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
EC-309
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R0H
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-310
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
2006 Quest
2. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Continuity should exist.
BBIA0324E
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
EC-311
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check HO2S2 connectors for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-316, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
DTC Terminals Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 74 1 1
P0158 55 1 2
Continuity should exist.
DTC Terminals Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 74 1 1
P0158 55 1 2
Continuity should not exist.
Water should not exist.
EC-312
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
2006 Quest
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
EC-313
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-64, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-343 .
No >> GO TO 3.
SEF968Y
BBIA0327E
EC-314
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
2006 Quest
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Continuity should exist.
BBIA0324E
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
EC-315
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-316, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
DTC Terminals Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 74 1 1
P0158 55 1 2
Continuity should exist.
DTC Terminals Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 74 1 1
P0158 55 1 2
Continuity should not exist.
EC-316
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00R0I
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.78V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
7. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
PBIB1672E
PBIB2029E
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
EC-317
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.78V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.78V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation
EBS00R0J
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-25, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
PBIB1607E
EC-318
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
2006 Quest
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
Component Description
EBS00R0K
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the A/F sensor 1 are shifted, the
air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the
heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R0L
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R0M
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the A/F sensor 1. The oxygen storage
capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condition
such as fuel-cut.
SEF327R
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
–Engine: after warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) LEAN ←→ RICH
SEF302U
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0139
0139
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor
2 circuit slow response
It takes more time for the sensor to respond
between rich and lean than the specified time.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●Heated oxygen sensor 2
●Fuel pressure
●Fuel injector
●Intake air leaks
P0159
0159
(Bank 2)
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
EC-319
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R0N
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C
(158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN
TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
8. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
9. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-325, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check
EBS00R0O
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
SEF174Y
PBIB2374E
EC-320
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
2006 Quest
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-325, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB1607E
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
EC-321
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R0P
BANK 1
BBWA2001E
EC-322
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
25 P Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
–Engine: After warming up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
74 W Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are met
–Engine: After warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
0 - Approximately 1.0V
78 B Heated oxygen sensor 2
ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
EC-323
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA2002E
EC-324
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
6GR Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
–Engine: After warming up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
55 W Heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are met
–Engine: After warning up
–Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
0 - Approximately 1.0V
78 B Heated oxygen sensor 2
ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
EC-325
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R0Q
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-326
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
2006 Quest
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-64, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-331, "DTC
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" or EC-343, "DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL
INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" .
No >> GO TO 3.
SEF968Y
BBIA0327E
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
EC-327
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and HO2S2 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Continuity should exist.
BBIA0324E
EC-328
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
2006 Quest
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-328, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R0R
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
DTC Terminals Bank
ECM Sensor
P0139 74 1 1
P0159 55 1 2
Continuity should exist.
DTC Terminals Bank
ECM Sensor
P0139 74 1 1
P0159 55 1 2
Continuity should not exist.
SEF174Y
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
EC-329
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.78V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
●Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.78V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.78V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
●Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
PBIB1672E
PBIB2029E
PBIB1607E
EC-330
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
2006 Quest
Removal and Installation
EBS00R0S
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-25, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
EC-331
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R0T
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensors 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R0U
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this
stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-337, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, perform-
ing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to
(1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 minutes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
A/F sensors 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) Fuel injection control Fuel injector
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0171
0171
(Bank 1)
Fuel injection system too
lean
●Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
●The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
●Intake air leaks
●A/F sensor 1
●Fuel injector
●Exhaust gas leaks
●Incorrect fuel pressure
●Lack of fuel
●Mass air flow sensor
●Incorrect PCV hose connection
P0174
0174
(Bank 2)
SEF968Y
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Engine coolant temperature
(T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
EC-332
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
2006 Quest
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-337, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Select “Service $03” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select “Service $04” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
9. Select “Service $07” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 or
P0174 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If
so, go to EC-337, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
10. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
11. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-337, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
BBIA0327E
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Engine coolant temperature
(T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
EC-333
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R0V
BANK 1
BBWA2018E
EC-334
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
2R/G A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
16 BR
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 3.1V
35 O/B Approximately 2.6V
56 V Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
21
22
23
L/W
R/Y
R/B
Fuel injector No. 5
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 1
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
PBIB1584E
SEC984C
SEC985C
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
EC-335
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA2003E
EC-336
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
24 W A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
40
41
42
V/W*1
P/R*2
R/L
R/W
Fuel injector No. 6
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 2
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
57 W/R
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 2.6V
58 LG/R Approximately 2.3V
76 O Approximately 3.1V
77 LG Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
SEC984C
SEC985C
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
EC-337
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R0W
1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
PBIB1216E
EC-338
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
2006 Quest
3. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1) (2).
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
:Vehicle front 3. Intake manifold collector
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
Bank 1
116
275
535
656
Bank 2
176
277
557
658
Continuity should exist.
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
116176
275277
535557
656658
Continuity should not exist.
BBIA0656E
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
EC-339
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-84, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-85, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-692, "FUEL PUMP" .)
●Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-85, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .)
●Fuel lines
●Fuel filter for clogging
>> Repair or replace.
6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-197, "DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR" .
7. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
OK or NG
OK (P0171)>>GO TO 9.
OK (P0174)>>GO TO 11.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-197, "DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR" .
At idling: 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
EC-340
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
2006 Quest
8. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, refer to EC-684, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
PBIB0133E
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
EC-341
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
9. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect harness connector F44 (2), F101 (3)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
–:Vehicle front
–1: Intake manifold collector
4. Check voltage between harness connector F44 terminal 5 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
7. Check harness continuity between harness connector F44 ter-
minal and ECM terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
8. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, refer to EC-684, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
10. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-II
Provide battery voltage between harness connector F101 as follows
and then interrupt it. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, refer to EC-684, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
BBIA0657E
Voltage: Battery voltage
Cylinder Harness connector F44
terminal ECM terminal
1623
3222
5121
Continuity should exist.
PBIB2323E
Cylinder Harness connector F101 terminal
(+) (–)
156
352
551
Operating sound should exist. PBIB2324E
EC-342
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
2006 Quest
11. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to fuel injectors No.2, No.4, No.6 operating sound.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR CIR-
CUIT, refer to EC-684, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
12. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-39, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel injector gallery.
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 2.
6. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
7. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
8. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
For DTC P0171, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injec-
tors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injec-
tors on bank 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Clicking noise should exist.
PBIB1986E
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.
PBIB1726E
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
EC-343
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R0X
With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensors 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R0Y
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0172, P0175 should be detected at this stage,
if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-349, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, perform-
ing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to
(1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 minutes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
A/F sensors 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) Fuel injection control Fuel injector
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0172
0172
(Bank 1) Fuel injection system too
rich
●Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
●The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.)
●A/F sensor 1
●Fuel injector
●Exhaust gas leaks
●Incorrect fuel pressure
●Mass air flow sensor
P0175
0175
(Bank 2)
SEF968Y
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Engine coolant temperature
(T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
EC-344
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
2006 Quest
If engine starts, go to EC-349, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove spark plugs and
check for fouling, etc.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Select “Service $03” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
6. Select “Service $04” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
8. Select “Service $07” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 or
P0175 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If
so, go to EC-349, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-349, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove spark plugs and
check for fouling, etc.
BBIA0327E
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Engine coolant temperature
(T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
EC-345
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R0Z
BANK 1
BBWA2018E
EC-346
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
2R/G A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
16 BR
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 3.1V
35 O/B Approximately 2.6V
56 V Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
21
22
23
L/W
R/Y
R/B
Fuel injector No. 5
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 1
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
PBIB1584E
SEC984C
SEC985C
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
EC-347
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA2003E
EC-348
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
24 W A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
40
41
42
V/W*1
P/R*2
R/L
R/W
Fuel injector No. 6
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 2
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
57 W/R
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 2.6V
58 LG/R Approximately 2.3V
76 O Approximately 3.1V
77 LG Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
SEC984C
SEC985C
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
EC-349
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R10
1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
PBIB1216E
EC-350
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
2006 Quest
3. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1) (2).
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
:Vehicle front 3. Intake manifold collector
Bank 1
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
116
275
535
656
Bank 2
176
277
557
658
Continuity should exist.
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
116176
275277
535557
656658
Continuity should not exist.
BBIA0656E
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
EC-351
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-84, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-85, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to, EC-692, "FUEL PUMP" .)
●Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-85, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .)
>> Repair or replace.
6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-197, "DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR" .
7. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
OK or NG
OK (P0172)>>GO TO 9.
OK (P0175)>>GO TO 11.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-197, "DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR" .
At idling: 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
EC-352
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
2006 Quest
8. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, refer to EC-684, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
PBIB0133E
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
EC-353
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
9. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect harness connector F44 (2), F101 (3)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
–: Vehicle front
–1: Intake manifold collector
4. Check voltage between harness connector F44 terminal 5 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
7. Check harness continuity between harness connector F44 ter-
minal and ECM terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
8. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, refer to EC-684, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
10. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-II
Provide battery voltage between harness connector F101 as follows
and then interrupt it. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, refer to EC-684, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
BBIA0657E
Voltage: Battery voltage
Cylinder Harness connector F44
terminal ECM terminal
1623
3222
5121
Continuity should exist.
PBIB2323E
Cylinder Harness connector F101 terminal
(+) (–)
156
352
551
Operating sound should exist. PBIB2324E
EC-354
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
2006 Quest
11. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to fuel injectors No.2, No.4, No.6 operating sound.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR CIR-
CUIT, refer to EC-684, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
12. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-39, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel injector gallery.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 13.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Clicking noise should exist.
PBIB1986E
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
EC-355
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description
EBS00R11
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
<Reference data>
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel
tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R12
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R13
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 10 seconds.
If the result is NG, go to EC-358, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the result is OK, go to following step.
4. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will
be OK.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following
step.
5. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C
(140°F).
6. Wait at least 10 seconds.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-358, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BBIA0081E
Fluid temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
SEF012P
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0181
0181
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit range/
performance
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage sig-
nals from engine coolant temperature sensor
and intake air temperature sensor.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●Fuel tank temperature sensor
SEF174Y
EC-356
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
2006 Quest
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
EC-357
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R14
BBWA2025E
EC-358
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R15
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
EC-359
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors B106, E138
●Harness connectors B148, B251
●Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
>> Repair harness or connector.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and ECM terminal 67,
TCM terminal 42. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
BBIA0236E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB0932E
Continuity should exist.
EC-360
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
2006 Quest
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness connectors B106, E138
●Harness connectors B148, B251
●Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM.
●Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and TCM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R16
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Remove “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
shown in the figure.
Removal and Installation
EBS00R17
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-5, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
PBIB0931E
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
EC-361
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description
EBS00R18
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
<Reference data>
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel
tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R19
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R1A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-363, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
BBIA0081E
Fluid temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
SEF012P
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0182
0182
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM. ●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●Fuel tank temperature sensor
P0183
0183
Fuel tank temperature
sensor circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
SEF174Y
EC-362
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R1B
BBWA2025E
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
EC-363
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R1C
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-364
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
2006 Quest
2. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors B106, E138
●Harness connectors B148, B251
●Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
>> Repair harness or connector.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and ECM terminal 67,
TCM terminal 42. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
BBIA0236E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB0932E
Continuity should exist.
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
EC-365
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness connectors B106, E138
●Harness connectors B148, B251
●Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM.
●Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and TCM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
6. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R1D
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Remove “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 4 and 5 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
shown in the figure.
Removal and Installation
EBS00R1E
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to FL-5, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
PBIB0931E
EC-366
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
Component Description
EBS00R1F
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R1G
Specification data are reference values.
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R1H
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode an the MIL lights up.
PBIB0145E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
THRTL SEN 1
THRTL SEN 2*
●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
●Shift lever: D
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0222
0222
Throttle position sensor
1 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1
is sent to ECM.
●Harness or connectors
(TP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
●Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1)
●Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
P0223
0223
Throttle position sensor
1 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor
1 is sent to ECM.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
EC-367
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R1I
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-370, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y
EC-368
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R1J
BBWA1610E
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
EC-369
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
47 R Throttle position sensor
power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
50 Y Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
66 G Throttle position sensor
ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
69 L Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36V
91 O APP sensor 2 power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
EC-370
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R1K
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
EC-371
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-639, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.
BBIA0318E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB0082E
Continuity should exist.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-368
91 APP sensor terminal 6 EC-634
EC-372
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-373, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Continuity should exist.
Continuity should exist.
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
EC-373
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00R1L
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position.
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
7. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
EBS00R1M
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
50
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released More than 0.36V
Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
69
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released Less than 4.75V
Fully depressed More than 0.36V
PBIB1608E
EC-374
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
2006 Quest
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE PFP:00000
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R1N
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R1O
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0300
0300
Multiple cylinder misfire
detected Multiple cylinder misfire. ●Improper spark plug
●Insufficient compression
●Incorrect fuel pressure
●The fuel injector circuit is open or
shorted
●Fuel injector
●Intake air leak
●The ignition signal circuit is open or
shorted
●Lack of fuel
●Signal plate
●Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
●Incorrect PCV hose connection
P0301
0301
No.1 cylinder misfire
detected No. 1 cylinder misfires.
P0302
0302
No. 2 cylinder misfire
detected No. 2 cylinder misfires.
P0303
0303
No. 3 cylinder misfire
detected No. 3 cylinder misfires.
P0304
0304
No. 4 cylinder misfire
detected No. 4 cylinder misfires.
P0305
0305
No. 5 cylinder misfire
detected No. 5 cylinder misfires.
P0306
0306
No. 6 cylinder misfire
detected No. 6 cylinder misfires.
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
EC-375
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-375, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, perform-
ing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R1P
1. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.
2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace it.
PBIB0164E
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Engine coolant temperature
(T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
Engine speed Time
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
EC-376
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
2006 Quest
3. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 11.
4. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect harness connector F44 (2), F101 (3).
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
–: Vehicle front
–1: Intake manifold collector
4. Check voltage between harness connector F44 terminal 5 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
7. Check harness continuity between harness connector F44 ter-
minal and ECM terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
8. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, refer to EC-684, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
PBIB0133E
BBIA0657E
Voltage: Battery voltage
Cylinder Harness connector F44
terminal ECM terminal
1623
3222
5121
Continuity should exist.
PBIB2323E
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
EC-377
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
5. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-II
Provide battery voltage between harness connector F101 as follows
and then interrupt it. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, refer to EC-684, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-III
1. Reconnect all harness connector disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Listen to fuel injectors No. 2, No. 4, No.6 operating sound.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR CIR-
CUIT, refer to EC-684, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
Cylinder Harness connector F101 terminal
(+) (–)
156
352
551
Operating sound should exist. PBIB2324E
Clicking noise should exist.
PBIB1986E
EC-378
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
2006 Quest
7. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-II to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
checked.
8. Crank engine for five seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion.
CAUTION:
●Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage
becomes 20kV or more.
●It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded metal portion.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-698, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
Spark should be generated.
BBIA0229E
PBIB2325E
Spark should be generated.
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
EC-379
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
9. CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to MA-20, "Changing Spark Plugs
(Platinum - Tipped Type)" .
NG >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug.
2. GO TO 10.
10. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded portion.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-20, "Changing
Spark Plugs (Platinum - Tipped Type)" .
11. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-115, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
12. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-84, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-85, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-692, "FUEL PUMP" .)
●Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-85, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .)
●Fuel lines
●Fuel filter for clogging
>> Repair or replace.
SEF156I
Spark should be generated.
At idle: Approx. 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
EC-380
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
2006 Quest
14. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items. Refer to EC-75, "Basic Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Follow the EC-75, "Basic Inspection" .
Items Specifications
Target idle speed 4-speed A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
5-speed A/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
EC-381
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
15. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1) (2).
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
:Vehicle front 3. Intake manifold collector
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
Bank 1
116
275
535
656
Bank 2
176
277
557
658
Continuity should exist.
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
116176
275277
535557
656658
Continuity should not exist.
BBIA0656E
EC-382
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
2006 Quest
16. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace (malfunctioning) A/F sensor 1.
17. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-197, "DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR" .
18. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-97, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Repair or replace.
19. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-64, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 20.
20. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
EC-383
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
Component Description
EBS00R1Q
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R1R
The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R1S
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-385, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
BBIA0067E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detected condition Possible cause
P0327
0327
Knock sensor circuit low
input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM. ●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●Knock sensor
P0328
0328
Knock sensor circuit high
input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
SEF058Y
EC-384
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R1T
BBWA1611E
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
EC-385
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R1U
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 15 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and knock sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors F26, F301
●Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
15 W Knock sensor [Engine is running]
●Idle speed Approximately 2.5V
Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
Continuity should exist.
BBIA0067E
EC-386
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
2006 Quest
4. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-387, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.
5. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
6. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between knock sensor terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
BBIA0637E
Continuity should exist.
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
EC-387
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors F26, F301
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness for open or short between knock sensor and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R1V
KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ.
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.
Removal and Installation
EBS00R1W
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-138, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
SEF227W
EC-388
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
2006 Quest
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731
Component Description
EBS00R1X
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R1Y
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R1Z
PBIB0562E
PBIB2744E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
ENG SPEED ●Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication. Almost the same speed as the
tachometer indication
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0335
0335
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS) circuit
●The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking.
●The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft
position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
while the engine is running.
●The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not in the normal pattern during engine
running.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
●Signal plate
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
EC-389
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R20
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-392, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y
EC-390
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R21
BBWA1612E
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
EC-391
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
13 W Crankshaft position sensor
(POS)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
Approximately 10V
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
PBIB1041E
PBIB1042E
EC-392
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R22
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
EC-393
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 (4A/T), 3
(5A/T) and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM
●Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 (4A/T), 1 (5A/T) and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Voltage: Battery voltage
BBIA0333E
PBIB2565E
Continuity should exist.
EC-394
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
2006 Quest
6. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-395, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
8. CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Continuity should exist.
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
EC-395
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00R23
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Removal and Installation
EBS00R24
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EM-29, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" .
PBIB0563E
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
Except 0 or ∞1 (+) - 3 (-)
2 (+) - 3 (-)
PBIB0564E
EC-396
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
2006 Quest
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) PFP:23731
Component Description
EBS00R25
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of
camshaft (intake) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft posi-
tion sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R26
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R27
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0562E
PBIB2744E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0340
0340
(Bank 1)
Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) circuit
●The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
for the first few seconds during engine
cranking.
●The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
during engine running.
● The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
pattern during engine running.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
●Camshaft (Intake)
●Starter motor (Refer to SC-10, "START-
ING SYSTEM" .)
●Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-10,
"STARTING SYSTEM" .)
●Dead (Weak) battery
P0345
0345
(Bank 2)
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
EC-397
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-401, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5
seconds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-401, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y
EC-398
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R28
BANK 1
BBWA2004E
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
EC-399
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
33 Y Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
1.0 - 4.0V
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
PBIB1039E
PBIB1040E
EC-400
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA2005E
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
EC-401
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R29
1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch to START position.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-10, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
14 W Camshaft position sensor
(PHASE) (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
1.0 - 4.0V
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
PBIB1039E
PBIB1040E
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
EC-402
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
2006 Quest
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
EC-403
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness connectors F26, F301
●Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM
●Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and ground.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness connectors F26, F301
●Harness for open or short between CMP sensor (PHASE) and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Voltage: Battery voltage
BBIA0239E
SEF481Y
Continuity should exist.
EC-404
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
2006 Quest
7. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 33 (bank 1) or 14 (bank2) and CMP sensor (PHASE)
terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors F26, F301
●Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
10. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
●Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
●Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Continuity should exist.
SEC905C
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
EC-405
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00R2A
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Removal and Installation
EBS00R2B
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EM-97, "CAMSHAFT" .
PBIB0563E
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
Except 0 or ∞1 (+) - 3 (-)
2 (+) - 3 (-)
PBIB0564E
EC-406
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION
2006 Quest
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION PFP:14710
Description
EBS00R2C
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the EGR
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor
moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for opti-
mum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine con-
ditions. The EGR volume control valve remains closed under the following conditions.
●Engine stopped
●Engine starting
●Engine idling
●Low engine coolant temperature
●Excessively high engine coolant temperature
●High engine speed
●Wide open throttle
●Low battery voltage
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2
Piston position
EGR volume
control EGR volume control valve
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Battery Battery voltage*2
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation *1
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
Electrical load Electrical load signal *1
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed *1
TCM Gear position, shifting signal *1
PBIB1843E
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION
EC-407
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
EGR volume control valve
The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.
EGR Temperature Sensor
The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the
EGR passageway. When the EGR volume control valve opens, hot
exhaust gases flow, and the temperature in the passageway
changes. The EGR temperature sensor is a thermistor that modifies
a voltage signal sent from the ECM. This modified signal then
returns to the ECM as an input signal. As the temperature increases,
EGR temperature sensor resistance decreases.
This sensor is not directly used to control the engine system. It is
used only for the on board diagnosis.
<Reference data>
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 54 (EGR
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing
so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals,
such as the ground.
When EGR system is operating.
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V
SEF552W
SEF599K
EGR temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
MΩ
0 (32) 4.59 0.73 - 0.88
50 (122) 2.32 0.074 - 0.082
100 (212) 0.62 0.011 - 0.014
SEF068X
EC-408
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION
2006 Quest
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R2D
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R2E
If the absence of EGR flow is detected by EGR temperature sensor under the condition that calls for EGR, a
low-flow malfunction is diagnosed.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R2F
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
●If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
●P0400 will not be displayed at “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II even though DTC work
support test result is NG.
TESTING CONDITION:
●Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 10V at idle, then
stop engine immediately.
●For best results, perform the test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or higher.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
2. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
Confirm “COOLAN TEMP/S” value is within the range listed
below.
COOLAN TEMP/S: Less than 40°C (104°F)
If the value is out of range, park the vehicle in a cool place and
allow the engine temperature to stabilize. Do not attempt to
lower the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other
than ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnos-
tic result.
3. Start engine and let it idle monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
When the “COOLAN TEMP/S” value reaches 70°C (158°F),
immediately go to the next step.
4. Select “EGR SYSTEM P0400” of “EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Touch “START”.
6. Accelerate vehicle to a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) once and then stop vehicle with engine running.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 8.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
EGR TEMP SEN ●Engine: After warming up Less than 4.5V
EGR VOL CON/V
●Engine: After warming up
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●Shift lever: P or N
●No load
Idle 0 step
Revving engine up to 3,000 rpm
quickly 10 - 55 step
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0400
0400 EGR function (Close) No EGR flow is detected under the condi-
tion that calls for EGR.
●Harness or connectors
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is
open or shorted.)
●EGR volume control valve stuck closed
●Dead (Weak) battery
●EGR passage clogged
●EGR temperature sensor and circuit
●Exhaust gas leaks
SEF013Y
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION
EC-409
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
7. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions until
“TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approxi-
mately 30 seconds or more.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from
step 2.
8. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-
411, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
2. Check engine coolant temperature in “Service $01” with GST.
Engine coolant temperature: Less than 40°C (104°F)
If the value is out of range, park the vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine temperature to stabilize.
Do not attempt to lower the coolant temperature with a fan or means other than ambient air. Doing so may
produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.
3. Start engine and let it idle monitoring the engine coolant temperature value. When the engine coolant tem-
perature reaches 70°C (158°F), immediately go to the next step.
4. Maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.
Engine speed: 1,200 - 2,800 rpm
Vehicle speed: More than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Shift lever: Suitable position
5. Stop vehicle.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
7. Select “Service $07” with GST.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-411, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,800 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 4 - 9 msec
Shift lever Suitable position
SEF845Y
EC-410
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R2G
BBWA1615E
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION
EC-411
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R2H
1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
1. Start engine.
2. Check exhaust pipes and muffler for leaks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace exhaust system.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
17
18
19
20
P/B
G
L
L/W
EGR volume control valve [Engine is running]
●Idle speed 0.1 - 14V
54 P/L EGR temperature sensor
[Ignition switch: ON] Less than 4.5V
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●EGR system is operating.
0 - 1.5V
67 B Sensor ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
PBIB1216E
EC-412
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION
2006 Quest
2. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminals 2, 5
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●IPDM E/R harness connector E122
●Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and IPDM E/R
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0339E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0627E
ECM terminal EGR volume control valve
17 6
18 3
19 4
20 1
Continuity should exist.
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION
EC-413
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
5. CHECK EGR PASSAGE
Check EGR passage for clogging and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace EGR passage.
6. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-418, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
7. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0405, P0406. Refer to EC-422, "DTC Confirmation Proce-
dure" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-414
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
2006 Quest
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE PFP:14710
Description
EBS00R2I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the EGR
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor
moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for opti-
mum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine con-
ditions. The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions.
●Engine stopped
●Engine starting
●Engine idling
●Low engine coolant temperature
●Excessively high engine coolant temperature
●High engine speed
●Wide open throttle
●Low battery voltage
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2
Piston position
EGR volume
control EGR volume control valve
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Battery Battery voltage*2
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation *1
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
Electrical load Electrical load signal *1
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed *1
TCM Gear position, shifting signal *1
PBIB1843E
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
EC-415
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
EGR volume control valve
The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R2J
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R2K
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R2L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Rev engine from idle to 2,000 rpm 10 times.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-417, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF552W
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
EGR VOL CON/V
●Engine: After warming up
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●Shift lever: P or N
●No load
Idle 0 step
Revving engine up to 3,000 rpm
quickly 10 - 55 step
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0403
0403 EGR volume control valve circuit An improper voltage signal is sent to
ECM through the valve
●Harness or connectors
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is
open or shorted.)
●EGR volume control valve
SEF174Y
EC-416
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R2M
BBWA1616E
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
EC-417
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R2N
1. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminals 2, 5
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
17
18
19
20
P/B
G
L
L/W
EGR volume control valve [Engine is running]
●Idle speed 0.1 - 14V
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds passed after turn-
ing ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BBIA0249E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0627E
EC-418
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
2006 Quest
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●IPDM E/R harness connector E122
●Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and IPDM E/R
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-418, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R2O
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
ECM terminal EGR volume control valve
17 6
18 3
19 4
20 1
Continuity should exist.
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
EC-419
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminal 2
and terminals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
4. Remove EGR volume control valve.
5. Reconnect ECM harness connector and EGR volume control
valve harness connector.
6. Turn ignition switch ON.
7. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
8. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly for-
ward and backward according to the valve opening steps.
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
Resistance: 20 - 24 Ω [at 20°C (68F°)]
SEF605Y
SEF015Y
SEF560W
EC-420
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
2006 Quest
3. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminal 2
and terminals 1, 3, terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6.
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
4. Remove EGR volume control valve.
5. Reconnect ECM harness connector and EGR volume control
valve harness connector.
6. Turn ignition switch ON and OFF.
7. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly for-
ward and backward according to the ignition switch position.
Removal and Installation
EBS00R2P
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EM-21, "EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE" .
Resistance: 20 - 24 Ω [at 20°C (68F°)]
SEF605Y
SEF560W
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
EC-421
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR PFP:14710
Component Description
EBS00R2Q
The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the
EGR passageway. When the EGR volume control valve opens, hot
exhaust gases flow, and the temperature in the passageway
changes. The EGR temperature sensor is a thermistor that modifies
a voltage signal sent from the ECM. This modified signal then
returns to the ECM as an input signal. As the temperature increases,
EGR temperature sensor resistance decreases.
This sensor is not directly used to control the engine system. It is
used only for the on board diagnosis.
<Reference data>
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 54 (EGR
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing
so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals,
such as the ground.
When EGR system is operating.
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R2R
SEF599K
EGR temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
MΩ
0 (32) 4.59 0.73 - 0.88
50 (122) 2.32 0.074 - 0.082
100 (212) 0.62 0.011 - 0.014
SEF068X
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
P0405
0405
EGR temperature sensor
circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the EGR
temperature sensor is sent to ECM even
when engine coolant temperature is low.
●Harness or connectors
(The EGR temperature sensor circuit is
shorted.)
●EGR temperature sensor
●Malfunction of EGR function
P0406
0406
EGR temperature sensor
circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the EGR
temperature sensor is sent to ECM even
when engine coolant temperature is high.
●Harness or connectors
(The EGR temperature sensor circuit is
open.)
●EGR temperature sensor
●Malfunction of EGR function
EC-422
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R2S
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0405
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Verify that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates less than 50°C
(122°F).
If the engine coolant temperature is above the range, cool
the engine down.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 8 seconds.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-425, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0406
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform the test at a temperature above –10°C (14°F).
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
3. Hold engine speed at 1,500 rpm.
4. Touch “Qu” and set the EGR volume control valve opening to 50
step and check “EGR TEMP SEN” indication.
“EGR TEMP SEN” indication should decrease to less than 1.0V.
If the check result is NG, go to EC-425, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to the following step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
7. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-425, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Select “Service $01” with GST and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
SEF174Y
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,800 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
B/FUEL SCHDL 4 - 9 msec
Shift lever Suitable position
SEF015Y
PBIB0164E
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
EC-423
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. Select “Service $07” with GST.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-425, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Engine speed 1,200 - 2,800 rpm
Vehicle speed 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
Shift lever Suitable position
EC-424
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R2T
BBWA1617E
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
EC-425
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R2U
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-426
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
2006 Quest
2. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between EGR temperature sensor terminal 2 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between EGR temperature sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 67, TCM termi-
nal 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness for open or short between TCM and EGR temperature sensor
●Harness for open or short between ECM and EGR temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
5. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace EGR temperature sensor.
BBIA0319E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB2577E
Continuity should exist.
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
EC-427
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
6. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-418, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R2V
EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EGR temperature sensor terminals 1
and 2 as shown in the figure.
< Reference data>
4. If NG, replace EGR temperature sensor.
Removal and Installation
EBS00R2W
EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EM-21, "EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE" .
SEF611Y
EGR temperature
°C (°F)
Resistance
MΩ
0 (32) 0.73 - 0.88
50 (122) 0.074 - 0.082
100 (212) 0.011 - 0.014
SEF068X
EC-428
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
2006 Quest
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R2X
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R2Y
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C
(158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN
TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
SEF484YB
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0420
0420
(Bank 1)
Catalyst system effi-
ciency below threshold
●Three way catalyst (manifold) does not oper-
ate properly.
●Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity.
●Three way catalyst (manifold)
●Exhaust tube
●Intake air leaks
●Fuel injector
●Fuel injector leaks
●Spark plug
●Improper ignition timing
P0430
0430
(Bank 2)
SEF189Y
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
EC-429
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUP-
PORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecu-
tive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “CMPLT”, go to step 12.
10. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
11. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take
approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C
(158°F) and then retest from step 1.
12. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
13. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-430, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
Overall Function Check
EBS00R2Z
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Open engine hood.
6. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminals 74 [HO2S2 (bank
1) signal], 55 [HO2S2 (bank 2) signal] and ground.
7. Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load.
8. Make sure that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 sec-
onds.
If the voltage fluctuation cycle takes less than 5 seconds, go to
EC-430, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
●1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
SEF533Z
SEF534Z
SEF535Z
PBIB1108E
EC-430
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R30
1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.
4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items. Refer to EC-75, "Basic Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Follow the EC-75, "Basic Inspection" .
PBIB1216E
Items Specifications
Target idle speed 4-speed A/T 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
5-speed A/T 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing A/T 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
EC-431
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
5. CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 40, 41, 42
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Refer to Wiring Diagram for fuel Injectors, EC-685 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform EC-686, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-II to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
checked.
8. Crank engine for five seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion.
CAUTION:
●Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage
becomes 20kV or more.
●It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 7.
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB2250E
Spark should be generated.
BBIA0229E
PBIB2325E
EC-432
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
2006 Quest
7. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded metal portion.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-684, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
8. CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to MA-20, "Changing Spark Plugs
(Platinum - Tipped Type)" .
NG >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug.
2. GO TO 9.
9. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III
1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded portion.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-20, "Changing
Spark Plugs (Platinum - Tipped Type)" .
10. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-39, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel injector gallery.
3. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 11.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
Spark should be generated.
SEF156I
Spark should be generated.
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
EC-433
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END
Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).
EC-434
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14950
System Description
EBS00R31
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP con-
trol system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R32
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R33
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
PBIB1026E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0441
0441
EVAP control system
incorrect purge flow
EVAP control system does not operate prop-
erly, EVAP control system has a leak between
intake manifold and EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor.
●EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve stuck closed
●EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
●Loose, disconnected or improper con-
nection of rubber tube
●Blocked rubber tube
●Cracked EVAP canister
●EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve circuit
●Accelerator pedal position sensor
●Blocked purge port
●EVAP canister vent control valve
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-435
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-
436, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check
EBS00R34
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine (TCS switch or VDC switch OFF) and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds.
5. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 32 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
6. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
8. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (mea-
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
Shift lever Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH)
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.3 - 9.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
PBIB0826E
Air conditioner switch ON
Headlamp switch ON
Rear window defogger switch ON
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position Any position other than P, N or R
PBIB1109E
EC-436
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
9. If NG, go to EC-436, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R35
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister.
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE
EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.
5. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to adjust “PURG
VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum existence.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE
EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
4. Start engine and let it idle.
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds passed after engine starting engine.
6. Revving engine up to 2,000 rpm after 100 seconds passed after starting engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PURG VOL CONT/V Vacuum
100% Should exist.
0% Should not exist.
PBIB1678E
Vacuum should not exist.
Vacuum should exist.
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-437
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT
1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B .
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C .
3. Check that air flows freely.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-460, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
SEF367U
SEF368U
PBIB1678E
EC-438
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION
Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0452 EC-480 , P0453 EC-487 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
10. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
12. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace it.
13. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Water should not exist.
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-439
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14950
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R36
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold
vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed.
PBIB1026E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0442
0442
EVAP control system
small leak detected
(negative pressure)
EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP
control system does not operate properly.
●Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
●Incorrect fuel filler cap used
●Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
●Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
●Leak is in line between intake manifold and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
●Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent
control valve.
●EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
●EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
●EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
●Loose or disconnected rubber tube
●EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
●EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
●Fuel tank temperature sensor
●O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is
missing or damaged
●EVAP canister is saturated with water
●EVAP control system pressure sensor
●Fuel level sensor and the circuit
●Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
●ORVR system leaks
EC-440
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
CAUTION:
●Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
●If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
●Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R37
NOTE:
●If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is
placed on flat level surface.
●Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 30°C (32 - 86°F)
5. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-75, "Basic Inspection" .
6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-441, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-61, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to “Driving Pattern”, EC-61, "Driving Pattern" .
3. Stop vehicle.
PBIB0829E
SEC763C
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-441
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Select “Service $07” with GST.
●If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-441, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
●If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0441, EC-436 .
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R38
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-37, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
SEF915U
EC-442
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely.
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
CAUTION:
●Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres-
sure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace.
BBIA0320E
SEF916U
PEF917U
SEF200U
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-443
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (2). The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
●Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace.
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
●EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-38, "Removal and Installation" .
●EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
:Vehicle front 1. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
3. EVAP canister
BBIA0664E
SEF200U
EC-444
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
9. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●EVAP canister for damage
●EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
PBIB1381E
PBIB1678E
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-445
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-109, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-460, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-485, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
18. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
19. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 20.
Vacuum should exist.
EC-446
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
20. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-41, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
21. CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
22. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-45, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
23. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-5, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
24. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
EC-447
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
PFP:14920
Description
EBS00R39
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R3A
Specification data are reference values.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1
EVAP canister
purge flow control
EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Battery Battery voltage*1
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensors 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
SEF337U
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
PURG VOL C/V
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle
(Accelerator pedal is not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting)
0%
2,000 rpm —
EC-448
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
2006 Quest
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R3B
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R3C
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
5. Touch “START”.
6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-
451, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
4. Select “Service $07” with GST.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-451, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0443
0443
EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid
valve
The canister purge flow is detected during the
specified driving conditions, even when EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
completely closed.
●EVAP control system pressure sensor
●EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
(The valve is stuck open.)
●EVAP canister vent control valve
●EVAP canister
●Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
PBIB0839E
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
EC-449
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R3D
BBWA1618E
EC-450
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
*1: 4-speed A/T models
*2: 5-speed A/T models
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
45 V/R*1
P/R*2
EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
●Idle speed
●Accelerator pedal is not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine).
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
SEC990C
SEC991C
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
EC-451
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R3E
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness connectors F44, F101
●IPDM E/R harness connector E122
●Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
●Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0255E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0080E
Continuity should exist.
EC-452
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
2006 Quest
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors F44, F101
●Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector (1).
2. Check connectors for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-485, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine.
4. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
:Vehicle front 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister
Water should not exist.
BBIA0664E
PBIB1678E
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
EC-453
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-454, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
9. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
11. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 12.
No >> GO TO 14.
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●EVAP canister for damage
●EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
PBIB1381E
EC-454
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
2006 Quest
14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R3F
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve using “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode
with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Removal and Installation
EBS00R3G
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
Air passage continuity
between A and B
100% Yes
0% No
PBIB0149E
Condition Air passage continuity
between A and B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2 Yes
No supply No
PBIB0150E
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
EC-455
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE PFP:14920
Description
EBS00R3H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R3I
Specification data are reference values.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1
EVAP canister
purge flow control
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Battery Battery voltage*1
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensors 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
SEF337U
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
PURG VOL C/V
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle
(Accelerator pedal is not depressed
even slightly, after engine starting)
0%
2,000 rpm —
EC-456
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
2006 Quest
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R3J
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R3K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-459, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0444
0444
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
open
An excessively low voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
●Harness or connectors
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or
shorted.)
●EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
P0445
0445
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve circuit
shorted
An excessively high voltage signal is sent
to ECM through the valve
●Harness or connectors
(The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
●EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
SEF058Y
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
EC-457
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R3L
BBWA1618E
EC-458
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
*1: 4-speed A/T models
*2: 5-speed A/T models
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
45 V/R*1
P/R*2
EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
●Idle speed
●Accelerator pedal is not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine).
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
SEC990C
SEC991C
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
EC-459
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R3M
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness connectors F44, F101
●IPDM E/R harness connector E122
●Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
●Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0255E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0080E
Continuity should exist.
EC-460
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
2006 Quest
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors F44, F101
●Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-460, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R3N
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve using “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode
with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
PBIB1678E
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
Air passage continuity
between A and B
100% Yes
0% No
PBIB0149E
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
EC-461
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Removal and Installation
EBS00R3O
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR"
.
Condition Air passage continuity
between A and B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2 Yes
No supply No
PBIB0150E
EC-462
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
2006 Quest
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE PFP:14935
Component Description
EBS00R3P
The EVAP canister vent control valve (2) is located on the EVAP
canister (3) and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
Control System diagnosis.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R3Q
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R3R
PBIB1263E
:Vehicle front 1. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
BBIA0664E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
VENT CONT/V ●Ignition switch: ON OFF
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0447
0447
EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve circuit open
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
through EVAP canister vent control valve.
●Harness or connectors
(The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
●EVAP canister vent control valve
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC-463
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R3S
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-465, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y
EC-464
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R3T
BBWA2019E
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC-465
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R3U
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-II screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
117 LG/B EVAP canister vent control
valve [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
PBIB1679E
EC-466
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
2006 Quest
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector (2).
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve termi-
nal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors B107, E139
●IPDM E/R harness connector E122
●Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 117 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
:Vehicle front 1. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
3. EVAP canister
Voltage: Battery voltage
BBIA0664E
PBIB0152E
Continuity should exist.
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC-467
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors B107, E139
●Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R3V
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
PBIB1033E
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
PBIB1679E
EC-468
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
2006 Quest
7. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
8. Perform step 6 again.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
4. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
5. Perform step 3 again.
PBIB1033E
Condition Air passage continuity between A and B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2 No
OFF Yes
PBIB1034E
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC-469
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE PFP:16935
Component Description
EBS00R3W
The EVAP canister vent control valve (2) is located on the EVAP
canister (3) and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
Control System diagnosis.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R3X
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R3Y
PBIB1263E
:Vehicle front 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor
BBIA0664E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
VENT CONT/V ●Ignition switch: ON OFF
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0448
0448
EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve close
EVAP canister vent control valve remains
closed under specified driving conditions.
●EVAP canister vent control valve
●EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
●Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
vent control valve
●EVAP canister is saturated with water
EC-470
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R3Z
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
5. Repeat next procedures 3 times.
a. Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it
for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 minutes.
Never exceed 3 minutes.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about
5 seconds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-472, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step.
7. Repeat next procedure 20 times.
a. Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds.
b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-472, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y
PBIB0972E
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC-471
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R40
BBWA2019E
EC-472
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R41
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve (2).
3. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-474, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
117 LG/B EVAP canister vent control
valve [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
:Vehicle front 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 3. EVAP canister
BBIA0664E
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC-473
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 6.
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●EVAP canister for damage
●EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check connectors for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-485, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
PBIB1381E
Water should not exist.
EC-474
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00R42
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
7. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
8. Perform step 6 again.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
4. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
PBIB1033E
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
PBIB1679E
PBIB1033E
Condition Air passage continuity between A and B
12V direct current supply between
terminals 1 and 2 No
OFF Yes
PBIB1034E
DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
EC-475
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
5. Perform step 3 again.
EC-476
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:22365
Component Description
EBS00R43
The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to
the ECM increases as pressure increases.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R44
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R45
NOTE:
If DTC P0451 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-536, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
:Vehicle front 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister
BBIA0664E
PBIB1207E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
EVAP SYS PRES ●Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0451
0451
EVAP control system
pressure sensor perfor-
mance
ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP
control system pressure sensor
●Harness or connectors
●EVAP control system pressure sensor
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
EC-477
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R46
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-477, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R47
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
SEF194Y
BBIA0637E
EC-478
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
2006 Quest
2. CHECK EVPA CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector (1).
2. Check sensor harness connector for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-478, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For wiring diagram, refer to EC-481 .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R48
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
2. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 32 and ground under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
●Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
●Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
4. If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
:Vehicle front 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister
Water should not exist.
BBIA0664E
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg) Voltage V
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
PBIB1173E
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
EC-479
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:25085
Component Description
EBS00R49
The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to
the ECM increases as pressure increases.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R4A
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R4B
NOTE:
If DTC P0452 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-536, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
:Vehicle front 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister
BBIA0664E
PBIB1207E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
EVAP SYS PRES ●Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0452
0452
EVAP control system
pressure sensor low
input
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●EVAP control system pressure sensor
EC-480
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R4C
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-482, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel tank tem-
perature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
5. Select “Service $07” with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-482, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF194Y
PBIB1110E
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
EC-481
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R4D
BBWA2258E
EC-482
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R4E
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
32 BR EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
48 G/O EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
67 B Sensor ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
BBIA0637E
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
EC-483
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Check sensor harness connector for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness connectors B106, E138
●Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
●Harness for short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
:Vehicle front 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister
Water should not exist.
BBIA0664E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB0138E
EC-484
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
2006 Quest
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
67, TCM terminal 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness connectors B106, E138
●Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
● Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness connectors B106, E138
●Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-485, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Continuity should exist.
Continuity should exist.
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
EC-485
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R4F
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
2. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 32 and ground under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
●Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
●Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
4. If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg) Voltage V
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
PBIB1173E
EC-486
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:25085
Component Description
EBS00R4G
The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to
the ECM increases as pressure increases.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R4H
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R4I
NOTE:
If DTC P0453 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-536, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
:Vehicle front 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister
BBIA0664E
PBIB1207E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
EVAP SYS PRES ●Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0453
0453
EVAP control system
pressure sensor high
input
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
●EVAP control system pressure sensor
●EVAP canister vent control valve
●EVAP canister
●Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent
control valve to vehicle frame
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
EC-487
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R4J
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
6. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-489, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 107 (Fuel tank tem-
perature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Select “Service $07” with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-489, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF194Y
PBIB1110E
EC-488
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R4K
BBWA2258E
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
EC-489
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R4L
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
32 BR EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
48 G/O EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
67 B Sensor ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
BBIA0637E
EC-490
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
2006 Quest
2. CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Check sensor harness connector for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
3. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors B106, E138
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
●Harness for short between EVAP control system passenger sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
:Vehicle front 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister
Water should not exist.
BBIA0664E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB0138E
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
EC-491
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
5. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
67, TCM terminal 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness connectors B106, E138
●Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
●Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness connectors B106, E138
●Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK RUBBER TUBE
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging, vent and kinked.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
Continuity should exist.
Continuity should exist.
EC-492
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
2006 Quest
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
11. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-493, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
12. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 13.
No >> GO TO 15.
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
14. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●EVAP canister for damage
●EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
PBIB1381E
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
EC-493
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00R4M
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring, replace it with a new one.
2. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 32 and ground under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
●Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
●Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or
pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
4. If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Applied vacuum kPa
(mmHg, inHg) Voltage V
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
PBIB1173E
EC-494
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14950
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R4N
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
CAUTION:
●Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
●If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
●Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
PBIB1026E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0455
0455
EVAP control system
gross leak detected
EVAP control system has a very large leak such
as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control system
does not operate properly.
●Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
●Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
●Incorrect fuel filler cap used
●Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
●Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve.
●Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
●EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
●EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
●EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
●Loose or disconnected rubber tube
●EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
●EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve and the circuit
●Fuel tank temperature sensor
●O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
●EVAP control system pressure sensor
●Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
●ORVR system leaks
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-495
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R4O
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
NOTE:
●Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
●If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is
placed on flat level surface.
●Open engine hood before conducting the following procedures.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
6. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-75, "Basic Inspection" .
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode and
make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]” is displayed. If it
is displayed, refer to EC-496, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0442 is displayed, perform Diagnostic Procedure for DTC
P0442, EC-441, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB0829E
SEC763C
EC-496
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-61, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-61, "Driving Pattern" .
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Select “Service $07” with GST.
●If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-436, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
●If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-441, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
●If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-496, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R4P
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-37, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
SEF915U
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-497
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
Refer to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
6. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
●EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-38, "Removal and Installation" .
●EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
8. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely.
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II >>GO TO 9.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 10.
BBIA0320E
SEF916U
EC-498
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
9. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
CAUTION:
●Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres-
sure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace.
PEF917U
SEF200U
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-499
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
10. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (2). The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
●Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair or replace.
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
:Vehicle front 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 3. EVAP canister
BBIA0664E
SEF200U
PBIB1678E
EC-500
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-109, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-460, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
Vacuum should exist.
PBIB1678E
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-501
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-485, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
18. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-41, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
19. CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
20. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-45, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
21. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-502
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14950
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R4Q
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
PBIB1026E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0456
0456
Evaporative emission
control system very
small leak (negative
pressure check)
●EVAP system has a very small
leak.
●EVAP system does not operate
properly.
●Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
●Incorrect fuel filler cap used
●Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
●Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
●Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
●Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control
valve.
●EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
●EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
●EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
●Loose or disconnected rubber tube
●EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
●EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
and the circuit
●Fuel tank temperature sensor
●O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing
or damaged
●EVAP canister is saturated with water
●EVAP control system pressure sensor
●Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
●ORVR system leaks
●Fuel level sensor and the circuit
●Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-503
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
CAUTION:
●Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
●If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
●Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R4R
NOTE:
●If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456.
●After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
●If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
●If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehi-
cle for more than 1 hour.
–Fuel filler cap is removed.
–Refilled or drained the fuel.
–EVAP component parts is/are removed.
●Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
EC-504
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining
fuel until the output voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave
the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-505, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
●If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go
to EC-75, "Basic Inspection" .
●Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve properly.
Overall Function Check
EBS00R4S
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
●Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
●Do not start engine.
●Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi).
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser-
vice port.
PBIB0837E
BBIA0320E
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-505
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. Set the pressure pump and a hose.
3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Connect GST and select “Service $08”.
6. Using “Service $08” control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close).
7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are sat-
isfied.
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg)
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP
system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and
the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg).
If NG, go to EC-505, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to next step.
8. Disconnect GST.
9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
13. Turn ignition switch OFF.
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST instruction manual.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R4T
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF462UI
SEF915U
EC-506
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-37, "FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely.
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
BBIA0320E
SEF916U
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-507
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
CAUTION:
●Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres-
sure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace.
PEF917U
SEF200U
EC-508
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (2). The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg),
then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter.
CAUTION:
●Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
●Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace.
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
●EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-38, "Removal and Installation" .
●EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
:Vehicle front 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 3. EVAP canister
BBIA0664E
SEF200U
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-509
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
9. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●EVAP canister for damage
●EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
PBIB1381E
PBIB1678E
EC-510
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
2006 Quest
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 14.
14. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-109, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
15. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-460, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
16. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
17. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-485, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
18. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-35, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
19. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 20.
Vacuum should exist.
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
EC-511
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
20. CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-41, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
21. CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
22. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-45, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
23. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to DI-20, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
24. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-512
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060
Component Description
EBS00R4U
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari-
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R4V
NOTE:
●If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-162, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
●If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-165, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc-
tion is detected.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R4W
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-513, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
BBIA0081E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0460
0460
Fuel level sensor circuit
noise
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal
being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor
to ECM.
●Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●Combination meter
●Fuel level sensor
SEF195Y
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
EC-513
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R4X
1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-12, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-12, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter" .
2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-17, "Fuel Level Sensor Unit Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
EBS00R4Y
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-5, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-514
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060
Component Description
EBS00R4Z
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari-
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R50
NOTE:
●If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-162, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
●If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-165, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.
Overall Function Check
EBS00R51
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-8,
"FUEL TANK" .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-84, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
BBIA0081E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0461
0461
Fuel level sensor circuit
range/performance
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does
not change within the specified range even
though the vehicle has been driven a long dis-
tance.
●Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●Combination meter
●Fuel level sensor
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
EC-515
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-
II.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-
5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during
step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
If NG, go to EC-515, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-84, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
10. If NG, go to EC-515, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R52
1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-12, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-12, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter" .
2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-17, "Fuel Level Sensor Unit Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
EBS00R53
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-5, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
SEF195Y
EC-516
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060
Component Description
EBS00R54
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level
sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari-
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R55
NOTE:
●If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis
for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-162, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
●If DTC P0462 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-165, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R56
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-517, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
BBIA0081E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0462
0462
Fuel level sensor circuit
low input
An excessively low voltage is sent from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
●Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●Combination meter
●Fuel level sensor
P0463
0463
Fuel level sensor circuit
high input
An excessively high voltage is sent from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
SEF195Y
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
EC-517
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R57
1. CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION
Refer to DI-12, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-12, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter" .
2. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT
Refer to DI-17, "Fuel Level Sensor Unit Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
EBS00R58
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to FL-5, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-518
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0500 VSS
2006 Quest
DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702
Description
EBS00R59
NOTE:
●If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-162, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
●If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-165, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends the signal to the ECM by CAN commu-
nication line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R5A
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R5B
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine (TCS switch or VDC switch OFF).
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-
II should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-519, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-519, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0500
0500 Vehicle speed sensor
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from
vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM
even when vehicle is being driven.
●Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
●Harness or connectors
(The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or
shorted)
●Wheel sensor
●Combination meter
●ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
ENG SPEED 1,600 - 6,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 5.5 - 31.8 msec (4 - speed A/T models)
4.4 - 31.8 msec (5 - speed A/T models)
Shift lever Except P or N position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
SEF196Y
DTC P0500 VSS
EC-519
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Overall Function Check
EBS00R5C
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
4. If NG, go to EC-519, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R5D
1. CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Refer to BRC-56, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (models with VDC) or BRC-10, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (mod-
els without VDC).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2. COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-520
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
2006 Quest
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM PFP:23781
Description
EBS00R5E
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed
from signals of crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R5F
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R5G
NOTE:
●If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
●If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform Idle Air Volume Learning, EC-82 ,
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the Service
Data and Specifications (SDS), EC-728 .
TESTING CONDITION:
●Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
●Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Open engine hood.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON again and select “DATA MONITOR”
mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-521, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0506
0506
Idle speed control system
RPM lower than expected
The idle speed is less than the target idle
speed by 100 rpm or more.
●Electric throttle control actuator
●Intake air leak
SEF174Y
DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM
EC-521
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R5H
1. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
BL-210, "NVIS(NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System-NATS)" .
4. Perform EC-81, "VIN Registration" .
5. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-522
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
2006 Quest
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM PFP:23781
Description
EBS00R5I
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed
from signals of crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R5J
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R5K
NOTE:
●If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
●If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform Idle Air Volume Learning, EC-82 ,
before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the “Service
Data and Specifications (SDS)”, EC-728 .
TESTING CONDITION:
●Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
●Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Open engine hood.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON again and select “DATA MONITOR”
mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-523, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0507
0507
Idle speed control system
RPM higher than expected
The idle speed is more than the target idle
speed by 200 rpm or more.
●Electric throttle control actuator
●Intake air leak
●PCV system
SEF174Y
DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM
EC-523
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R5L
1. CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION
Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.
3. REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
BL-210, "NVIS(NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System-NATS)" .
4. Perform EC-81, "VIN Registration" .
5. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-524
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR PFP:49763
Component Description
EBS00R5M
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power
steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R5N
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R5O
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-536, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R5P
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-526, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
BBIA0241E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
PW/ST SIGNAL ●Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
Steering wheel is not being turned. OFF
Steering wheel is being turned. ON
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0550
0550
Power steering pres-
sure sensor circuit
An excessively low or high voltage from the
sensor is sent to ECM.
●Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
●Power steering pressure sensor
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
EC-525
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R5Q
BBWA2006E
EC-526
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R5R
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
12 W Power steering pressure
sensor
[Engine is running]
●Steering wheel is being turned. 0.5 - 4.5V
[Engine is running]
●Steering wheel is not being turned. 0.4 - 0.8V
67 B Sensor ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
68 BR/W Power steering pressure
sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
BBIA0637E
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
EC-527
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor harness con-
nector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between PSP sensor terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 67, TCM terminal 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness for open or short between power steering pressure sensor and ECM
●Harness for open or short between power steering pressure sensor and TCM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0241E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
SEF479Y
Continuity should exist.
EC-528
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
2006 Quest
5. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and PSP sensor terminal 2.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK PSP SENSOR
Refer to EC-528, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace PSP sensor.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R5S
POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground under the
following conditions.
Continuity should exist.
Condition Voltage
Steering wheel is being turned. 0.5 - 4.5V
Steering wheel is not being turned. 0.4 - 0.8V
MBIB0126E
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
EC-529
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY PFP:23710
Component Description
EBS00R5T
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R5U
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R5V
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
5. Repeat step 2 to 4 for 4 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-531, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
PBIB1164E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0603
0603 ECM power supply circuit ECM back-up RAM system does not function
properly.
●Harness or connectors
[ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
open or shorted.]
●ECM
SEF058Y
EC-530
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R5W
BBWA1624E
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
EC-531
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R5X
1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●IPDM E/R harness connector E124
●15A fuse
●Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
121 G Power supply for ECM
(Back-up) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Voltage: Battery voltage
MBIB0026E
EC-532
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
2006 Quest
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-529 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Service $04” with GST.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-529 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END
5. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
BL-210, "NVIS(NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System-NATS)" .
3. Perform EC-81, "VIN Registration" .
4. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
DTC P0605 ECM
EC-533
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710
Component Description
EBS00R5Y
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R5Z
This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R60
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-534, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PBIB1164E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0605
0605 Engine control module
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
●ECMB) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
Malfunction A
●ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
degrees) by the return spring.
●ECM deactivates ASCD operation.
SEF058Y
EC-534
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0605 ECM
2006 Quest
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-534, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
4. Repeat step 2 to 3 for 32 times
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-534, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R61
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-533 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Service $04” with GST.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-533 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
SEF058Y
SEF058Y
DTC P0605 ECM
EC-535
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
BL-210, "NVIS(NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System-NATS)" .
3. Perform EC-81, "VIN Registration" .
4. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-536
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2006 Quest
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:18919
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R62
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R63
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-539, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0643
0643
Sensor power supply circuit
short
ECM detects a voltage of power source
for sensor is excessively low or high.
●Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor is
shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
●Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
●Power steering pressure sensor
●EVAP control system pressure sensor
●Refrigerant pressure sensor
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
SEF058Y
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
EC-537
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R64
BBWA2008E
EC-538
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
48 G/O EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
49 BR/Y Refrigerant pressure sen-
sor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
68 BR/W PSP sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
82 B APP sensor 1 ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
83 G APP sensor 2 ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
90 R/V APP sensor 1 power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
91 O APP sensor 2 power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
98 W/B Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.25 - 0.5V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
2.0 - 2.5V
106 W Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.5 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.2 - 4.8V
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
EC-539
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R65
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-540
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2006 Quest
2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 7 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
●EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-485, "Component Inspection" .)
●Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-117, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" or MTC-32, "TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS" ).
●Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-528, "Component Inspection" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
BBIA0335E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB1851E
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
90 APP sensor terminal 7 EC-537
48 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-481
TCM terminal 32
49 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 EC-712
68 PSP sensor terminal 3 EC-525
DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
EC-541
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-631, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Replace accelerator pedal position sensor.
2. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-542
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
2006 Quest
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH PFP:23006
Component Description
EBS00R66
When the shift position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is turned ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
The park/neutral position (PNP) switch assembly also indicates a transmission range switch to detect shift
lever position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R67
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R68
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R69
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the follow-
ing conditions.
If NG, go to EC-545, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-545, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
P/N POSI SW ●Ignition switch: ON Shift lever: P or N ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0850
0850
Park/neutral position
switch
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
switch is not changed in the process of
engine starting and driving.
●Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
circuit is open or shorted.]
●Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
P or N position ON
Except the above position OFF
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 6,375 rpm (5-speed A/T models)
1,400 - 6,375 rpm (4-speed A/T models)
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
Shift lever Suitable position
SEF212Y
SEF213Y
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
EC-543
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Overall Function Check
EBS00R6A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and ground under the following conditions.
3. If NG, go to EC-545, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known good data)
P or N position Approx. 0
Except the above position BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
MBIB0043E
EC-544
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R6B
BBWA2024E
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
EC-545
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R6C
1. CONFIRM THE TRANSMISSION TYPE
Which type of transmission (4-speed A/T or 5-speed A/T) is on the vehicle?
4-speed A/T or 5-speed A/T
4-speed A/T>>Go to EC-545, "PROCEDURE A" .
5-speed A/T>>Go to EC-548, "PROCEDURE B" .
PROCEDURE A
1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Refer to SC-10, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector M23.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between combination meter terminals 35, 36 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester under the following condi-
tions.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 3.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
102 O/B PNP switch
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Shift lever: P or N
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Except the above gear position Approximately 0V
Condition (Shift position) Voltage
Terminal 35 Terminal 36
P position BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) Approximately 0 V
N position Approximately 0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Except the above position Approximately 0 V Approximately 0 V PBIB1850E
EC-546
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
2006 Quest
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E8, F17
●Harness connectors E25, M90
●10A fuse
●Fuse block (J/B) connector M4
●Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 7 and combination meter terminal 35, PNP switch
terminal 9 and combination meter terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
Voltage: Battery voltage
BBIA0259E
PBIB1881E
Continuity should exist.
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
EC-547
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E2, F32
●Harness connectors E25, M90
●Harness for open or short between PNP switch and combination meter
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK PNP SWITCH
Refer to AT-107, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
9. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and combination meter terminal 12.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E134, M83
●Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11. CHECK CONBINATION METER
Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace combination meter
12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Continuity should exist.
EC-548
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
2006 Quest
PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Refer to SC-10, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector M23.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between combination meter terminal 36 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester under the following condi-
tions.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
Condition (Shift position) Voltage
Terminal 36
P or N position BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Except the above position Approximately 0 V
PBIB1873E
Voltage: Battery voltage
BBIA0259E
PBIB3071E
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
EC-549
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Fuse block (J/B) connector E30
●Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 5 and combination meter terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E2, F32
●Harness connectors E25, M90
●Harness for open or short between PNP switch and combination meter
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK PNP SWITCH
Refer to AT-455, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
9. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and combination meter terminal 12.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
Continuity should exist.
Continuity should exist.
EC-550
Revision: July 2006
DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
2006 Quest
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E134, M83
●Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11. CHECK CONBINATION METER
Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace combination meter
12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
EC-551
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL PFP:22690
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R6D
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with another DTC for air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1148
1148
(Bank 1) Closed loop control
function
The closed loop control function for bank 1
does not operate even when vehicle is driving
in the specified condition.
●Harness or connectors
[The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is
open or shorted.]
●Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
●Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P1168
1168
(Bank 2)
The closed loop control function for bank 2
does not operate even when vehicle is driving
in the specified condition.
EC-552
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
2006 Quest
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT PFP:47850
Description
EBS00R6E
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from “ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R6F
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R6G
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-552, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R6H
Go to BRC-56, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" or BRC-10, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1211
1211 TCS control unit ECM receives a malfunction information from
“ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
●ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)
●TCS related parts
SEF058Y
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
EC-553
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:47850
Description
EBS00R6I
NOTE:
●If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-162, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
●If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-165, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R6J
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R6K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-553, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R6L
Go to BRC-56, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" or BRC-10, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1212
1212
TCS communication
line
ECM can not receive the information from
“ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” continuously.
●Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
●ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
●Dead (Weak) battery
SEF058Y
EC-554
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
2006 Quest
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000
Description
EBS00R6M
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
●If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-162, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
●If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-165, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
Cooling Fan Control
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 4-step control [HIGH/MIDDLE/LOW/OFF].
Cooling Fan Operation
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1
Cooling fan
control
IPDM E/R
(Cooling fan relay)
Battery Battery voltage*1
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
PBIB3072E
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
EC-555
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
The cooling fan operates at low (LOW) speed when cooling fan motors-1 and -2 are circuited in series under
middle speed condition.
Cooling fan speed Cooling fan relay
123
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF
Low (LOW) OFF ON OFF
Middle (MID) ON OFF OFF
High (HI) ON OFF ON
Cooling fan speed Cooling fan motor terminals
(+) (−)
Middle (MID)
1 3 and 4
2 3 and 4
1 and 2 3
1 and 2 4
High (HI) 1 and 2 3 and 4
EC-556
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
2006 Quest
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R6N
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R6O
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-9, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-17, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-10, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE
RATIO" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
AIR COND SIG ●Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Air conditioner switch: ON
(Compressor operates.) ON
COOLING FAN
●Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
(201°F) or less OFF
Engine coolant temperature is
between 95°C (203°F) and 99°C
(210°F)
LOW
Engine coolant temperature is
between 100°C (212°F) and 104°C
(219°F)
MID
Engine coolant temperature is 105°C
(221°F) or more HI
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1217
1217
Engine over temperature
(Overheat)
●Cooling fan does not operate properly
(Overheat).
●Cooling fan system does not operate
properly (Overheat).
●Engine coolant was not added to the
system using the proper filling method.
●Engine coolant is not within the specified
range.
●Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
●IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
●Cooling fan
●Radiator hose
●Radiator
●Radiator cap
●Water pump
●Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-564, "Main
12 Causes of Overheating" .
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
EC-557
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Overall Function Check
EBS00R6P
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-560,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-560,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-560, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-560,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-560,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Perform “IPDM E/R auto active test” and check cooling fan
motors operation, refer to PG-22, "Auto Active Test" .
4. If NG, go to EC-560, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF621W
SEF646X
SEF621W
EC-558
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R6Q
BBWA2023E
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
EC-559
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BBWA1631E
EC-560
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R6R
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
3. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at each speed
(LOW/MID/HI).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-562, "PRO-
CEDURE A" .)
3. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Perform “IPDM E/R auto active test” and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PG-22, "Auto Active
Test" .
2. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at each speed (Low/Middle/High).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-562, "PROCEDURE A" .)
4. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
CO-8, "CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check the following for leak. Refer to CO-8, "CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS" .
●Hose
●Radiator
●Water pump
5. CHECK RADIATOR CAP
CO-8, "CHECKING RADIATOR CAP"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.
SEF784Z
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
EC-561
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
6. CHECK COMPONENT PARTS
Check the following.
Thermostat. Refer to CO-22, "THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING" .
Engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-238, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
7. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-564, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-562
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
2006 Quest
PROCEDURE A
1. CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E123.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 15 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●40A fusible link
●Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK IPDM E/R GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E121 and E124.
2. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 16, 38, 60 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1681E
Continuity should exist.
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
EC-563
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR-2 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.
2. Check voltage between cooling fan motor-2 terminals 1, 2 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●40A fusible link
●Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR-2 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E118.
2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 8
Cooling fan motor-2 terminal 4 and IPDM E/R terminals 11, 12
Refer to Wiring diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0328E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1670E
Continuity should exist.
EC-564
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
2006 Quest
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR-1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor-1 terminals
3, 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con-
nectors.
8. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR-1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1 and IPDM E/R terminal 10, 14
Cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 13
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS
Refer to EC-565, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-16, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Main 12 Causes of Overheating
EBS00R6S
Continuity should exist.
BBIA0328E
Continuity should exist.
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
OFF 1 ●Blocked radiator
●Blocked condenser
●Blocked radiator grille
●Blocked bumper
●Visual No blocking —
2●Coolant mixture ●Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture MA-10
3●Coolant level ●Visual Coolant up to MAX level
in reservoir tank and radi-
ator filler neck
CO-8
4●Radiator cap ●Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
CO-14
ON*25●Coolant leaks ●Visual No leaks CO-8
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
EC-565
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-5, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
Component Inspection
EBS00R6T
COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
Cooling fan motor should operate.
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.
ON*26●Thermostat ●Touch the upper and
lower radiator hoses
Both hoses should be hot CO-22
ON*17●Cooling fan ●CONSULT-II Operating See trouble diagnosis for
DTC P1217 (EC-554 ).
OFF 8 ●Combustion gas leak ●Color checker chemical
tester 4 Gas analyzer
Negative —
ON*39●Coolant temperature
gauge
●Visual Gauge less than 3/4
when driving
—
●Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
●Visual No overflow during driving
and idling
CO-8
OFF*410 ●Coolant return from
reservoir tank to radia-
tor
●Visual Should be initial level in
reservoir tank
CO-8
OFF 11 ●Cylinder head ●Straight gauge feeler
gauge
0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi-
mum distortion (warping)
EM-115
12 ●Cylinder block and pis-
tons
●Visual No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
EM-138
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
Cooling fan speed Cooling fan motor terminals
(+) (−)
Middle (MID)
1 3 and 4
2 3 and 4
1 and 2 3
1 and 2 4
High (HI) 1 and 2 3 and 4
SEF734W
EC-566
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
Component Description
EBS00R6U
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R6V
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R6W
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-567, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
PBIB0145E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1225
1225
Closed throttle position
learning performance
Closed throttle position learning value is excessively
low.
●Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
SEF058Y
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
EC-567
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R6X
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
EBS00R6Y
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .
BBIA0318E
EC-568
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
Component Description
EBS00R6Z
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R70
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R71
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Repeat step 3 to 4 for 32 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-569, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
PBIB0145E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1226
1226
Closed throttle position
learning performance
Closed throttle position learning is not performed
successfully, repeatedly.
●Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
SEF058Y
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
EC-569
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R72
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
EBS00R73
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .
BBIA0318E
EC-570
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION
2006 Quest
DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION PFP:14710
Description
EBS00R74
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the EGR
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor
moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for opti-
mum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine con-
ditions. The EGR volume control valve remains closed under the following conditions.
●Engine stopped
●Engine starting
●Engine idling
●Low engine coolant temperature
●Excessively high engine coolant temperature
●High engine speed
●Wide open throttle
●Low battery voltage
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2
Piston position
EGR volume
control EGR volume control valve
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Battery Battery voltage*2
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation *1
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
Electrical load Electrical load signal *1
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed *1
TCM Gear position, shifting signal *1
PBIB1843E
DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION
EC-571
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
EGR Volume Control Valve
The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.
EGR Temperature Sensor
The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the
EGR passageway. When the EGR volume control valve opens, hot
exhaust gases flow, and the temperature in the passageway
changes. The EGR temperature sensor is a thermistor that modifies
a voltage signal sent from the ECM. This modified signal then
returns to the ECM as an input signal. As the temperature increases,
EGR temperature sensor resistance decreases.
This sensor is not directly used to control the engine system. It is
used only for the on board diagnosis.
<Reference data>
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 54 (EGR
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing
so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals,
such as the ground.
When EGR system is operating.
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V
SEF552W
SEF599K
EGR temperature
°C (°F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
MΩ
0 (32) 4.59 0.73 - 0.88
50 (122) 2.32 0.074 - 0.082
100 (212) 0.62 0.011 - 0.014
SEF068X
EC-572
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION
2006 Quest
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R75
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R76
If the EGR temperature sensor detects EGR flow under the condition that does not call for EGR, a high-flow
malfunction is diagnosed.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R77
NOTE:
●Diagnosis for this DTC will occur when engine coolant temperature is below 50 to 60°C (122 to 140°F).
Therefore, it will be better to turn ignition switch ON (start engine) at the engine coolant temperature below
30°C (86°F) when starting DTC confirmation procedure.
●If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
●Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
●Engine coolant temperature and EGR temperature must be
verified in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II before
starting DTC WORK SUPPORT test. If it is out of range
below, the test cannot be conducted.
If the values are out of the ranges indicated above, park the
vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine temperature to
stabilize. Do not attempt to reduce the engine coolant tem-
perature or EGR temperature with a fan or means other than
ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnos-
tic result.
*: Although CONSULT-II screen displays “–10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F)” as a range of engine coolant temper-
ature, ignore it.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
2. Select “EGR SYSTEM P1402” of “EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
EGR TEMP SEN ●Engine: After warming up Less than 4.5V
EGR VOL CON/V
●Engine: After warming up
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●Shift lever: P or N
●No load
Idle 0 step
Revving engine up to 3,000 rpm
quickly 10 - 55 step
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1402
1402 EGR function (Open) EGR flow is detected under the condition
that does not call for EGR.
●Harness or connectors
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is
open or shorted.)
●EGR volume control valve leaking or
stuck open
●EGR temperature sensor
COOLAN TEMP/S : −10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F)*
EGR TEMP SEN : Less than 4.8V
SEF202Y
DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION
EC-573
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II screen is turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
80 seconds or more.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, turn ignition OFF and cool the engine coolant tem-
perature to the range of −10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F). Retry from step 1.
5. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-
575, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “Service $01” with GST.
2. Check that engine coolant temperature is within the range of −10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F).
3. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 54 (EGR temperature
sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.8V.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Stop engine.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
7. Select “Service $07” with GST.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-575, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
PBIB1600E
PBIB1671E
EC-574
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R78
BBWA1615E
DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION
EC-575
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R79
1. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminals 2, 5
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
17
18
19
20
P/B
G
L
L/W
EGR volume control valve [Engine is running]
●Idle speed 0.1 - 14V
54 P/L EGR temperature sensor
[Ignition switch: ON] Less than 4.5V
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●EGR system is operating.
0 - 1.5V
67 B Sensor ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BBIA0339E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0627E
EC-576
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION
2006 Quest
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●IPDM E/R harness connector E122
●Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and IPDM E/R
●Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-418, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
5. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace EGR temperature sensor.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
ECM terminal EGR volume control valve
17 6
18 3
19 4
20 1
Continuity should exist.
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
EC-577
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH PFP:25551
Component Description
EBS00R7A
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Refer to EC-31, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R7B
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R7C
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-533, "DTC P0605 ECM".
PBIB2602E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
MAIN SW ●Ignition switch: ON MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL SW ● Ignition switch: ON CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACC SW ●Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Pressed ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
Released OFF
SET SW ●Ignition switch: ON SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
P1564
1564 ASCD steering switch
●An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD
steering switch is sent to ECM.
●ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD
steering switch is out of the specified range.
●ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is
stuck ON.
●Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
●ASCD steering switch
●ECM
EC-578
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R7D
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
7. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-581, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
EC-579
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R7E
BBWA2011E
EC-580
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
67 B Sensor ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
99 G/Y ASCD steering switch
[Ignition switch: ON]
●ASCD steering switch: OFF Approximately 4V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●MAIN switch: Pressed Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●CANCEL switch: Pressed Approximately 1V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approximately 3V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approximately 2V
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
EC-581
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R7F
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-582
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
2006 Quest
2. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET/COAST SW” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground with press-
ing each button.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M102.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
5. Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 15 and ECM terminal 67, TCM terminal
42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
Switch Monitor item Condition Indication
MAIN switch MAIN SW Pressed ON
Released OFF
CANCEL switch CANCEL SW Pressed ON
Released OFF
RESUME/ACCEL-
ERATE switch RESUME/ACC SW Pressed ON
Released OFF
SET/COAST switch SET SW Pressed ON
Released OFF
SEC006D
Switch Condition Voltage [V]
MAIN switch Pressed Approx. 0
Released Approx. 4
CANCEL switch Pressed Approx. 1
Released Approx. 4
RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch
Pressed Approx. 3
Released Approx. 4
SET/COAST switch Pressed Approx. 2
Released Approx. 4
PBIB0311E
Continuity should exist.
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
EC-583
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness connectors E26, M91
●Combination switch (spiral cable)
●Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
●Harness for open and short between TCM and combination switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and combination switch terminal 14.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E26, M91
●Combination switch (spiral cable)
●Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-583, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R7G
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable).
Continuity should exist.
EC-584
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
2006 Quest
2. Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) ter-
minals 14 and 15 with pushing each switch.
Switch Condition Resistance [Ω]
MAIN switch Pressed Approx. 0
Released Approx. 4,000
CANCEL switch Pressed Approx. 250
Released Approx. 4,000
RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch
Pressed Approx. 1,480
Released Approx. 4,000
SET/COAST switch Pressed Approx. 660
Released Approx. 4,000
PBIB1621E
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
EC-585
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
Component Description
EBS00R7H
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned
OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-31, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)"
for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R7I
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R7J
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
●If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-533, "DTC P0605 ECM".
●This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
BBIA0329E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
BRAKE SW1
(ASCD brake switch) ●Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully released ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW2
(Stop lamp switch) ●Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
P1572
1572 ASCD brake switch
A)
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/
h (19 MPH), ON signals from the stop
lamp switch and the ASCD brake switch
are sent to the ECM at the same time.
●Harness or connectors
(The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
●Harness or connectors
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is
shorted.)
●Stop lamp switch
●ASCD brake switch
●Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
●Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
●ECM
B)
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to
ECM for extremely long time while the
vehicle is driving
EC-586
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R7K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
●If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
●Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be
detected.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 4 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine (TCS switch or VDC switch OFF).
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indictor lights
up.
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the
following condition.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-588, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
5. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-588, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Shift lever Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Shift lever Suitable position
Driving location
Depress the brake pedal for more than
5 seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
PBIB2386E
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
EC-587
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R7L
BBWA2259E
EC-588
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R7M
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the
following conditions.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
101 R/G Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
108 G/B ASCD brake switch
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Brake pedal: Fully released
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released ON
SEC011D
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
MBIB0061E
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
EC-589
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-II
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 7.
3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
SEC013D
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage
PBIB1677E
BBIA0329E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0857E
EC-590
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
2006 Quest
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Fuse block (J/B) connector E30
●10A fuse
●Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-591, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
7. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT -II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
Continuity should exist.
BBIA0329E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1184E
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
EC-591
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Fuse block (J/B) connector E30
●10A fuse
●Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-591, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R7N
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals
1 and 2 under the following conditions.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-6,
"BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.
Continuity should exist.
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should exist
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should not exist
SEC023D
EC-592
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
2006 Quest
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1
and 2 under the following conditions.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-6,
"BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist
PBIB1185E
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
EC-593
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR PFP:31036
Component Description
EBS00R7O
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina-
tion meter and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
control. Refer to EC-31, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R7P
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
●If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-162, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
●If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-165, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
●If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500.
Refer to EC-518, "DTC P0500 VSS"
●If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
Refer to EC-533, "DTC P0605 ECM"
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R7Q
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine (TCS switch or VDC switch OFF).
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-594, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
P1574
1574
ASCD vehicle speed
sensor
ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
speed signals is out of the specified range.
●Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
●ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
●Wheel sensor
●TCM
●ECM
SEF058Y
EC-594
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R7R
1. CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-42, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)" (4-speed A/T models) or AT-
405, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)" (5-speed A/T models).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2. CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Refer to BRC-10, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" or BRC-56, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace.
DTC P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
EC-595
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14955
Component Description
EBS00R7S
The VIAS control solenoid valve (2) cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator (1).
●: Vehicle front
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R7T
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R7U
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R7V
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-597, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
BBIA0649E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
VIAS S/V ●Engine: After warming up 1,800 - 3,600 rpm ON
Except above conditions OFF
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1800
1800
VIAS control solenoid valve
circuit
An excessively low or high voltage signal is
sent to ECM through the valve
●Harness or connectors
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or
shorted.)
●VIAS control solenoid valve
SEF058Y
EC-596
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R7W
BBWA1636E
DTC P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
EC-597
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R7X
1. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector (2).
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
–: Vehicle front
–1: Power valve actuator
4. Check voltage between terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II
or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
29 Y/G VIAS control solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
●Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is between 1,800 and 3,600
rpm.
0 - 1.0V
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BBIA0649E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0173E
EC-598
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
2006 Quest
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●IPDM E/R connector E122
●Harness for open or short between VIAS control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
●Harness for open or short between VIAS control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-598, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve.
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R7Y
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Continuity should exist.
Condition
VIAS SOL VALVE
Air passage continuity
between A and B
Air passage continuity
between A and C
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
PBIB2505E
DTC P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
EC-599
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Removal and Installation
EBS00R7Z
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-23, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Condition Air passage continuity
between A and B
Air passage continuity
between A and C
12V direct current supply
between terminals 1 and 2 Yes No
No supply No Yes
PBIB2532E
EC-600
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
2006 Quest
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
Description
EBS00R80
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R81
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R82
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
FALI-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R83
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-602, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
BRAKE SW ●Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1805
1805 Brake switch A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for
extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.
●Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
●Stop lamp switch
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
SEF058Y
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
EC-601
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R84
BBWA1637E
EC-602
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R85
1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
101 R/G Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Brake pedal Stop lamp
Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
BBIA0329E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1184E
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
EC-603
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●10A fuse
●Fuse block (J/B) connector E30
●Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-604, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Continuity should exist.
EC-604
Revision: July 2006
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00R86
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
3. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-6,
"BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 2 again.
BBIA0329E
Conditions Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist.
PBIB1185E
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
EC-605
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY PFP:16119
Component Description
EBS00R87
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R88
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R89
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R8A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-608, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
THRTL RELAY ●Ignition switch: ON ON
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2100
2100
Throttle control motor
relay circuit open
ECM detects a voltage of power source for
throttle control motor is excessively low.
●Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
open)
●Throttle control motor relay
P2103
2103
Throttle control motor
relay circuit short
ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is
stuck ON.
●Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
shorted)
●Throttle control motor relay
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
SEF058Y
EC-606
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
2006 Quest
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-608, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
EC-607
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R8B
BBWA2021E
EC-608
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R8C
1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 104 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
3R Throttle control motor relay
power supply [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
4 O/L Throttle control motor
(Close)
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0 - 14V
5W/L Throttle control motor
(Open)
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
0 - 14V
104 O Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
PBIB1104E
PBIB1105E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1171E
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
EC-609
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E121.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and IPDM E/R terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15A fuse.
2. Check 15A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace 15A fuse.
4. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E124.
4. Check continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Continuity should exist.
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
ON Battery voltage
(11 - 14V)
MBIB0028E
Continuity should exist.
EC-610
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
2006 Quest
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-16, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
EC-611
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION PFP:16119
Description
EBS00R8D
NOTE:
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or 2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100
or P2119. Refer to EC-605, "DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY" or EC-623,
"DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR" .
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R8E
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R8F
TESTING CONDITION:
●Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-614, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2101
2101
Electric throttle control
performance
Electric throttle control function does not oper-
ate properly.
●Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or
shorted)
●Electric throttle control actuator
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
SEF058Y
EC-612
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R8G
BBWA2020E
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
EC-613
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
3R Throttle control motor relay
power supply [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
4O/L Throttle control motor
(Close)
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0 - 14V
5W/L Throttle control motor
(Open)
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
0 - 14V
104 O Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
PBIB1104E
PBIB1105E
EC-614
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R8H
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1. Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the
following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0637E
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
ON Battery voltage
(11 - 14V)
MBIB0028E
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
EC-615
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 104 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E121.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and IPDM E/R terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15A fuse.
2. Check 15A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace 15A fuse.
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E124.
2. Check continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1171E
Continuity should exist.
Continuity should exist.
EC-616
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
2006 Quest
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-16, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
9. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace.
10. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
11. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-617, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 13.
12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal ECM terminal Continuity
35 Should not exist
4 Should exist
65 Should exist
4 Should not exist
BBIA0318E
BBIA0318E
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
EC-617
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
13. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R8I
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
4. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
EBS00R8J
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-23, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
PBIB0095E
EC-618
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
2006 Quest
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR PFP:16119
Component Description
EBS00R8K
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R8L
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R8M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-621, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2118
2118
Throttle control motor
circuit short
ECM detects short in both circuits between
ECM and throttle control motor.
●Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
●Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
SEF058Y
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
EC-619
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R8N
BBWA2022E
EC-620
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
3R Throttle control motor relay
power supply [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
4 O/L Throttle control motor
(Close)
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0 - 14V
5W/L Throttle control motor
(Open)
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
0 - 14V
104 O Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
PBIB1104E
PBIB1105E
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
EC-621
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R8O
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
BBIA0637E
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal ECM terminal Continuity
35 Should not exist
4 Should exist
65 Should exist
4 Should not exist
BBIA0318E
EC-622
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
2006 Quest
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-622, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R8P
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
4. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
EBS00R8Q
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
PBIB0095E
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
EC-623
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR PFP:16119
Component Description
EBS00R8R
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R8S
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R8T
NOTE:
●Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed,
perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
●If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Set shift lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
4. Set shift lever to N or P position.
5. Turn ignition witch OFF and wait at least 10 second.
6. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
7. Set shift lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
8. Set shift lever to N or P position.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn
ON.
10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-624, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2119
2119
Electric throttle control
actuator
A)
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
tion.
●Electric throttle control actuator
B) Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Malfunction A The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
Malfunction C While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
SEF058Y
EC-624
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
2006 Quest
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Set shift lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
4. Set shift lever to P or N position.
5. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-624, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R8U
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve
and the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
SEF058Y
BBIA0318E
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
EC-625
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
Component Description
EBS00R8V
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R8W
Specification data are reference values.
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differ from ECM terminal voltage.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R8X
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-536, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
PBIB1741E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
ACCEL SEN 1
ACCEL SEN 2*
●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8V
CLSD THL POS ●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2122
2122
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the APP
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
●Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
●Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APPsensor 1)
P2123
2123
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the APP
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EC-626
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R8Y
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-629, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
EC-627
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R8Z
BBWA2026E
EC-628
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
82 B APP sensor 1 ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
83 G APP sensor 2 ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
90 R/V APP sensor 1 power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
91 O APP sensor 2 power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
98 W/B Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.25 - 0.5V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
2.0 - 2.5V
106 W Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.5 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.2 - 4.8V
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
EC-629
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R90
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
EC-630
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
2006 Quest
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 7 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-631, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
BBIA0335E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB1851E
Continuity should exist.
Continuity should exist.
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
EC-631
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R91
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
5. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
EBS00R92
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-3, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
106
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8V
98
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
Fully released 0.25 - 0.5V
Fully depressed 0.2 - 2.5V
MBIB0023E
EC-632
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
Component Description
EBS00R93
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R94
Specification data are reference values.
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differ from ECM terminal voltage.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R95
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
PBIB1741E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
ACCEL SEN 1
ACCEL SEN 2*
●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8V
CLSD THL POS ●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2127
2127
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 circuit low input
An excessively low voltage from the APP
sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
●Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
●Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
●Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
P2128
2128
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 circuit high input
An excessively high voltage from the APP
sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
EC-633
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R96
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-636, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y
EC-634
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R97
BBWA1639E
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
EC-635
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
47 R Throttle position sensor
power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
82 B APP sensor 1 ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
83 G APP sensor 2 ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
90 R/V APP sensor 1 power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
91 O APP sensor 2 power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
98 W/B Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.25 - 0.5V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
0.2 - 2.5V
106 W Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.5 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.2 - 4.8V
EC-636
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R98
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
EC-637
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 6 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to wiring diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-647, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.
BBIA0335E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB1852E
Continuity should exist.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
91 APP sensor terminal 6 EC-634
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-642
EC-638
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
2006 Quest
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. PerformEC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 98 and APP sensor terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-639, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. PerformEC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Continuity should exist.
Continuity should exist.
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
EC-639
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00R99
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
5. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
EBS00R9A
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-3, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
106
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8V
98
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
Fully released 0.25 - 0.5V
Fully depressed 0.2 - 2.5V
MBIB0023E
EC-640
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
Component Description
EBS00R9B
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,
throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R9C
Specification data are reference values.
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R9D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
PBIB0145E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
THRTL SEN 1
THRTL SEN 2*
●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
●Shift lever: D
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2135
2135
Throttle position sensor
circuit range/perfor-
mance
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
and TP sensor 2.
●Harness or connector
(TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
●Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
●Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
EC-641
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R9E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-644, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y
EC-642
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R9F
BBWA1640E
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
EC-643
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
47 R Throttle position sensor
power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
50 Y Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
More than 0.36V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Less than 4.75V
66 G Throttle position sensor
ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
69 L Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Less than 4.75V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Shift lever: D
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
More than 0.36V
91 O APP sensor 2 power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
EC-644
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R9G
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
EC-645
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-655, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.
BBIA0318E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB0082E
Continuity should exist.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-642
91 APP sensor terminal 6 EC-650
EC-646
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
2006 Quest
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. PerformEC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4, ECM
terminal 69 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-647, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Continuity should exist.
Continuity should exist.
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
EC-647
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00R9H
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position.
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
7. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
EBS00R9I
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR" .
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
50
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released More than 0.36V
Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
69
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released Less than 4.75V
Fully depressed More than 0.36V
PBIB1608E
EC-648
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
2006 Quest
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
Component Description
EBS00R9J
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R9K
Specification data are reference values.
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differ from ECM terminal voltage.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R9L
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-536, "DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
PBIB1741E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
ACCEL SEN 1
ACCEL SEN 2*
●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8V
CLSD THL POS ●Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2138
2138
Accelerator pedal position
sensor circuit range/perfor-
mance
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to
ECM compared with the signals from
APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2.
●Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
●Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
●Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
EC-649
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R9M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-652, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
SEF058Y
EC-650
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R9N
BBWA1641E
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
EC-651
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
47 R Throttle position sensor
power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
82 B APP sensor 1 ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
83 G APP sensor 2 ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
90 R/V APP sensor 1 power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
91 O APP sensor 2 power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
98 W/B Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.25 - 0.5V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
0.2 - 2.5V
106 W Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully released
0.5 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Engine stopped
●Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
4.2 - 4.8V
EC-652
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R9O
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
EC-653
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminals 7 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 6 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to wiring diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
BBIA0335E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB1851E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB1852E
Continuity should exist.
EC-654
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
2006 Quest
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-647, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
8. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminals 1 and ECM terminal 82, APP sensor terminal 3
and ECM terminal 83.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 2, ECM terminal 98 and
APP sensor terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
91 APP sensor terminal 6 EC-650
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-642
Continuity should exist.
Continuity should exist.
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
EC-655
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
10. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-655, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00R9P
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
5. Perform EC-82, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-82, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-82, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation
EBS00R9Q
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-3, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
106
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8V
98
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
Fully released 0.25 - 0.5V
Fully depressed 0.2 - 2.5V
MBIB0023E
EC-656
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 PFP:22693
Component Description
EBS00R9R
The A/F sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sensor. The sensor
element of the A/F sensor is the combination of a Nernst concentra-
tion cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell, which transports
ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance.
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-
pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating tempera-
ture of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R9S
Specification data are reference values.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
EBS00R9T
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is mon-
itored not to be shifted to LEAN side or RICH side.
SEF579Z
SEF580Z
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1)
A/F SEN1 (B2) ●Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at
2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 1.5V
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P2A00
2A00
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
circuit range/performance
●The output voltage computed by ECM from the
A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side
for a specified period.
●The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a
specified period.
●Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
●Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
●Fuel pressure
●Fuel injector
●Intake air leaks
P2A03
2A03
(Bank 2)
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-657
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
DTC Confirmation Procedure
EBS00R9U
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 min-
utes.
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-662, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Select “Service $03” with GST and make sure that DTC P0102
is detected.
7. Select “Service $04” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
9. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
10. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 min-
utes.
11. Select “Service $07” with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-662, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF968Y
BBIA0327E
EC-658
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00R9V
BANK 1
BBWA2014E
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-659
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
2R/G A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
16 BR
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 3.1V
35 O/B Approximately 2.6V
56 V Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
EC-660
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
BANK 2
BBWA2015E
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-661
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TERMI-
NAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
24 W A/F sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 5V
57 W/R
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 2.6V
58 LG/R Approximately 2.3V
76 O Approximately 3.1V
77 LG Approximately 2.3V
PBIB1584E
EC-662
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00R9W
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2. RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0637E
Tightening torque: 50 N-m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)
BBIA0234E
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-663
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.
4. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 and P0175
detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-64, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 and P0175
detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 and P0175. Refer to EC-331, "DTC
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" or EC-343, "DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL
INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" .
No >> GO TO 5.
SEF968Y
BBIA0327E
EC-664
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
5. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1) (2).
3. Check harness connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
6. CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●IPDM E/R harness connector E122
●15A fuse
●Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
:Vehicle front 3. Intake manifold collector
BBIA0656E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1683E
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
EC-665
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
8. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace.
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
Bank1
116
275
535
656
Bank 2
176
277
557
658
Continuity should exist.
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
116176
275277
535557
656658
Continuity should not exist.
EC-666
Revision: July 2006
DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
2006 Quest
11. REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
●Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
●Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxy-
gen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation
EBS00R9X
AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-25, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
EC-667
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
Component Description
EBS00R9Y
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned
OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-31, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)"
for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00R9Z
Specification data are reference values.
BBIA0329E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
BRAKE SW1
(ASCD brake switch) ●Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully released ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW2
(Stop lamp switch) ●Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
EC-668
Revision: July 2006
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00RA0
BBWA1650E
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
EC-669
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00RA1
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the
following conditions.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
101 R/G Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
108 G/B ASCD brake switch
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Brake pedal: Fully released
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
●Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released ON
SEC011D
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
MBIB0061E
EC-670
Revision: July 2006
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
2006 Quest
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-II
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
SEC013D
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage
PBIB1677E
BBIA0329E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0857E
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
EC-671
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Fuse block (J/B) connector E30
●10A fuse
●Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-673, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
7. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT -II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
Continuity should exist.
BBIA0329E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1184E
EC-672
Revision: July 2006
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
2006 Quest
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Fuse block (J/B) connector E30
●10A fuse
●Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-673, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Continuity should exist.
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
EC-673
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00RA2
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals
1 and 2 under the following conditions.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-6,
"BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1
and 2 under the following conditions.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-6,
"BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should exist
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should not exist
SEC023D
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist
PBIB1535E
EC-674
Revision: July 2006
ASCD INDICATOR
2006 Quest
ASCD INDICATOR PFP:24814
Component Description
EBS00RA3
ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicate that ASCD
system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
●CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
●SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of
ASCD setting.
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-31, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00RA4
Specification data are reference value.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
CRUISE LAMP ●Ignition switch: ON MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time
→ at the 2nd time ON → OFF
SET LAMP
●MAIN switch: ON
●When vehicle speed is between
40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h
(89 MPH)
ASCD: Operating ON
ASCD: Not operating OFF
ASCD INDICATOR
EC-675
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00RA5
BBWA2009E
EC-676
Revision: July 2006
ASCD INDICATOR
2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00RA6
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-162, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN
COMMUNICATION LINE" .
3. CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION
Does combination meter operate normally?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-5, "COMBINATION METERS" .
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION
CRUISE LAMP ●Ignition switch: ON MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time
→ at the 2nd time ON → OFF
SET LAMP
●MAIN switch: ON
●When vehicle speed is between
40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h
(89 MPH)
ASCD: Operating ON
ASCD: Not operating OFF
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
EC-677
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL PFP:25350
Description
EBS00RA7
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred
through the CAN communication line from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00RA8
Specification data are reference values.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00RA9
1. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Connect CONSULT-II and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following
conditions.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 4.
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 5.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
LOAD SIGNAL ●Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd. ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
and lighting switch is OFF. OFF
HEATER FAN SW ●Ignition switch: ON Heater fan is operating. ON
Heater fan is not operating. OFF
Condition Indication
Rear window defogger switch: ON ON
Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF
PBIB0103E
Condition Indication
Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position ON
Lighting switch: OFF OFF
PBIB0103E
EC-678
Revision: July 2006
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
2006 Quest
3. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
Check “HEATER FAN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> GO TO 6.
4. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Refer to GW-92, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" .
>> INSPECTION END
5. CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Refer to LT-5, "HEADLAMP (FOR USA)" or LT-32, "HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYS-
TEM -" .
>> INSPECTION END
6. CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Refer to ATC-32, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" or MTC-32, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
>> INSPECTION END
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Heater fan control switch: ON ON
Heater fan control switch: OFF OFF
PBIB1995E
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
EC-679
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT PFP:11270
System Description
EBS00RAA
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
The ECM controls the engine mount operation corresponding to the engine speed and the vehicle speed. The
control system has 2-step control [Soft/Hard]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00RAB
Specification data are reference values.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed Engine mount
control
Electronic controlled engine
mount
Wheel sensor* Vehicle speed
Vehicle condition Engine mount control
Engine speed is below 950 rpm Soft
Engine speed is above 950 rpm Hard
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
ENGINE MOUNT ●Engine: Running Engine speed is below 950 rpm IDLE
Engine speed is above 950 rpm TRVL
EC-680
Revision: July 2006
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00RAC
BBWA2007E
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
EC-681
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00RAD
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “ENGINE MOUNTING” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II and touch “ON/OFF” on the CINSULT-II screen.
3. Check that the motor operating sound is heard from front elec-
tronic controlled engine mount for about 0.5 seconds according
to the switching condition of “ENGINE MOUNTING”.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Make sure that gear position is P.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Change the engine speed from idle to more than 1,000 rpm and then return to idle (with vehicle stopped).
4. Check that the motor operating sound is heard from front electronic controlled engine mount for about 0.5
seconds when changing engine speed.
It is better to hear the operating sound around the left side front wheel house.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
8W Electronic controlled engine
mount-1
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is above 950 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●For 2 seconds after engine speed is 950
rpm or less.
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
●2 seconds after engine speed is 950 rpm or
less.
2.0 - 3.0V
9W/R Electronic controlled engine
mount-2
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is below 950 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●For 2 seconds after engine speed is 950
rpm or more.
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
●2 seconds after engine speed is 950 rpm or
more.
2.0 - 3.0V
SEC237C
EC-682
Revision: July 2006
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
2006 Quest
2. CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electronic controlled engine mount harness connec-
tor.
3. Check voltage between electronic controlled engine mount ter-
minal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E8, F17
●Fuse block (J/B) connector E30
●15A fuse
●Harness for open and short between electronic controlled engine mount and battery
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4. CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and electronic engine mount terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0325E
Voltage: Battery voltage
SEC920C
ECM terminal Front electronic controlled engine
mount terminal
81
92
Continuity should exist.
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
EC-683
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
5. CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
Visually check electronic controlled engine mount.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace electronic controlled engine mount.
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-684
Revision: July 2006
FUEL INJECTOR
2006 Quest
FUEL INJECTOR PFP:16600
Component Description
EBS00RAE
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00RAF
Specification data are reference values.
SEF375Z
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
B/FUEL SCHDL ●EC-142, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE".
INJ PULSE-B1
INJ PULSE-B2
●Engine: After warming up
●Shift lever: P or N
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●No load
Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
FUEL INJECTOR
EC-685
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00RAG
BBWA2027E
EC-686
Revision: July 2006
FUEL INJECTOR
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
*1:4-speed A/T models
*2:5-speed A/T models
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00RAH
1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 7.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
21
22
23
40
41
42
L/W
R/Y
R/B
V/W*1
P/R*2
R/L
R/W
Fuel injector No. 5
Fuel injector No. 3
Fuel injector No. 1
Fuel injector No. 6
Fuel injector No. 4
Fuel injector No. 2
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
SEC984C
SEC985C
FUEL INJECTOR
EC-687
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB0133E
EC-688
Revision: July 2006
FUEL INJECTOR
2006 Quest
3. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect harness connector F44 (2), F101 (3).
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
–: Vehicle front
–1: Intake manifold collector
4. Check voltage between harness connector F44 terminal 5 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
7. Check harness continuity between harness connector F44 ter-
minal and ECM terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
8. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E8, F17
●Fuse block (J/B) connector E30
●10A fuse
●Harness for open or short between harness connector F44 and fuse
●Harness for open or short between harness connector F44 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0657E
Voltage: Battery voltage
Cylinder Harness connector F44
terminal ECM terminal
1623
3222
5121
Continuity should exist.
PBIB2323E
FUEL INJECTOR
EC-689
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
5. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-II
Provide battery voltage between harness connector F101 as follows
and then interrupt it. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 7.
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-III
1. Reconnect all harness connector disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Listen to fuel injectors No. 2, No. 4, No.6 operating sound.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
Cylinder Harness connector F101 terminal
(+) (–)
156
352
551
Operating sound should exist. PBIB2324E
Clicking noise should exist.
PBIB1986E
EC-690
Revision: July 2006
FUEL INJECTOR
2006 Quest
7. CHECK FULE INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E8, F17
●Harness connectors F44, F101
●Fuse block (J/B) connector E30
●10A fuse
●Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
9. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 40, 41, 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
BBIA0237E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0582E
Continuity should exist.
FUEL INJECTOR
EC-691
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors F101, F44
●Harness for open or short between fuel injector and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-691, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.
12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00RAI
FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Removal and Installation
EBS00RAJ
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-39, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Resistance: 11.1 - 14.5Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
PBIB1727E
EC-692
Revision: July 2006
FUEL PUMP
2006 Quest
FUEL PUMP PFP:17042
Description
EBS00RAK
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for 1 second after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine start-
ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that
the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the
ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00RAL
Specification data are reference values.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed* Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Battery Battery voltage*
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops.
BBIA0081E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
FUEL PUMP RLY
●For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
●Engine running or cranking ON
●Except above conditions OFF
FUEL PUMP
EC-693
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00RAM
BBWA1647E
EC-694
Revision: July 2006
FUEL PUMP
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00RAN
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose
for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 113 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
113 B/O Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON]
●For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: ON]
●More than 1 second after turning ignition
switch ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BBIA0340E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB1187E
FUEL PUMP
EC-695
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E124.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 40 and ECM terminal 113.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power or short to ground in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK 15A FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15A fuse.
3. Check 15A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace fuse.
6. CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E124.
2. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 39 and condenser terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 7.
Continuity should exist.
Voltage: Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
after ignition switch is turned ON.
PBIB0624E
Continuity should exist.
EC-696
Revision: July 2006
FUEL PUMP
2006 Quest
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors B107, E139
●Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser
>> Repair harness or connectors.
8. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-697, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace condenser.
10. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector.
3. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and
fuel pump” terminal 1 and harness connector B107 terminal 1,
“fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors B107, E139
●Harness connectors B148, E251
●Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
●Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”and ground
>> Repair harness or connectors.
Continuity should exist.
Continuity should exist.
BBIA0236E
FUEL PUMP
EC-697
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
12. CHECK FUEL PUPMP
Refer to EC-697, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.
13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00RAO
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 1 and 3.
CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as 1 and 2.
Removal and Installation
EBS00RAP
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-5, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
SEC918C
Resistance Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)
PBIB0794E
EC-698
Revision: July 2006
IGNITION SIGNAL
2006 Quest
IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448
Component Description
EBS00RAQ
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON-OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit.
BBIA0244E
IGNITION SIGNAL
EC-699
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00RAR
BBWA1642E
EC-700
Revision: July 2006
IGNITION SIGNAL
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
IGNITION SIGNAL
EC-701
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BBWA1643E
EC-702
Revision: July 2006
IGNITION SIGNAL
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
60
61
62
P/L
L/R
Y/R
Ignition signal No. 5
Ignition signal No. 3
Ignition signal No. 1
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
0 - 0.4V
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
0.1 - 0.6V
SEC986C
SEC987C
IGNITION SIGNAL
EC-703
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BBWA1644E
EC-704
Revision: July 2006
IGNITION SIGNAL
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00RAS
1. CHECK ENGINE START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 4.
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
79
80
81
GR/R
GR
G/R
Ignition signal No. 6
Ignition signal No. 4
Ignition signal No. 2
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
0 - 0.4V
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
0.1 - 0.6V
SEC986C
SEC987C
PBIB0133E
IGNITION SIGNAL
EC-705
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 60, 61, 62, 79,
80, 81 and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-153, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
PBIB1186E
SEC986C
Voltage: Battery voltage
MBIB0034E
EC-706
Revision: July 2006
IGNITION SIGNAL
2006 Quest
5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser-1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between condenser-1 terminal + and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E122.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 17 and condenser-1 terminal +.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO EC-153, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT"
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser-1
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
WBIA0542E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0851E
Continuity should exist.
IGNITION SIGNAL
EC-707
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
8. CHECK CONDENSER-1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between condenser-1 terminal – and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK CONDENSER-1
Refer to EC-709, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace condenser-1.
10. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors F43, F201
●Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F14
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Continuity should exist.
Voltage: Battery voltage
BBIA0244E
PBIB0138E
EC-708
Revision: July 2006
IGNITION SIGNAL
2006 Quest
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors F201, F43
●Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
14. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 60, 61, 62, 79, 80, 81 and ignition coil terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
15. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors F43, F201
●Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
16. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-709, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
17. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Continuity should exist.
Continuity should exist.
IGNITION SIGNAL
EC-709
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Component Inspection
EBS00RAT
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
4. If NG, Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
7. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-II to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
8. Start engine.
9. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF.
11. Remove ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical
discharge from the ignition coils.
12. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
checked.
13. Crank engine for five seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
14. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
15. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure.
16. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded part.
CAUTION:
●Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage
becomes 20kV or more.
●It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
17. If NG, Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞
1 and 3 Except 0
2 and 3
Spark should be generated.
PBIB0847E
BBIA0229E
PBIB2325E
EC-710
Revision: July 2006
IGNITION SIGNAL
2006 Quest
CONDENSER-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser-1 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser-1 terminals + and –.
Removal and Installation
EBS00RAU
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EM-35, "IGNITION COIL" .
Resistance Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)
PBIB0848E
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
EC-711
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:92136
Component Description
EBS00RAV
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed in the RH side of the con-
denser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electro-
static volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to
voltage. The voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cool-
ing fan system.
BBIA0348E
PBIB2657E
EC-712
Revision: July 2006
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00RAW
BBWA1649E
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
EC-713
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00RAX
1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 70 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
49 BR/Y Refrigerant pressure sen-
sor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
67 B Sensor ground
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Idle speed
Approximately 0V
70 W Refrigerant pressure sensor
[Engine is running]
●Warm-up condition
●Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
1.0 - 4.0V
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
PBIB1188E
EC-714
Revision: July 2006
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
2006 Quest
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-161, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0637E
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
EC-715
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 67, TCM ter-
minal 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
BBIA0348E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
PBIB0188E
Continuity should exist.
EC-716
Revision: July 2006
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
2006 Quest
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
●Harness for open or short between TCM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 70 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E19, F33
●Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG >> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation
EBS00RAY
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to ATC-186, "Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" or MTC-168, "Removal and
Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" .
Continuity should exist.
VIAS
EC-717
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
VIAS PFP:14956
Description
EBS00RAZ
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the power valve is fully closed. Under this condition, the
effective suction port length is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collector's suction port
including the intake valve. This long suction port provides increased air intake which results in improved suc-
tion efficiency and higher torque generation.
The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine is running at high speed, the ECM sends the
signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power
valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to two suction passages together in the collector.
Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the length of the suction port provided indepen-
dently for each cylinder. This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output with reduced suction
resistance under high speeds.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Power Valve
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to
control the suction passage of the variable induction air control sys-
tem. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuator (1) operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank.
The vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control sole-
noid valve (2).
●: Vehicle front
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*
VIAS control VIAS control solenoid valve
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Battery Battery voltage*
PBIB1874E
BBIA0649E
EC-718
Revision: July 2006
VIAS
2006 Quest
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve
The VIAS control solenoid valve (2) cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator (1).
●: Vehicle front
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EBS00RB0
Specification data are reference values.
BBIA0649E
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
VIAS S/V ●Engine: After warming up 1,800 - 3,600 rpm ON
Except above conditions OFF
VIAS
EC-719
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Wiring Diagram
EBS00RB1
BBWA1645E
EC-720
Revision: July 2006
VIAS
2006 Quest
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
29 Y/G VIAS control solenoid valve
[Engine is running]
●Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
●Engine speed is between 1,800 and 3,600
rpm.
0 - 1.0V
111 W/B ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF
0 - 1.5V
[Ignition switch: OFF]
●More than a few seconds passed after turn-
ing ignition switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
119
120
R/G
R/G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
VIAS
EC-721
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00RB2
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve ON and OFF, and make sure that power valve actuator rod moves as
shown in the figure.
NOTE:
Use an inspection mirror (A) to confirm the operation of power valve actuator rod.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000 rpm and make sure that
power valve actuator rod moves as shown in the figure.
NOTE:
Use an inspection mirror (A) to confirm the operation of power
valve actuator rod.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (With CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 2.
NG (Without CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 3.
:Vehicle front 1. Power valve actuator
PBIB3050E
PBIB3053E
EC-722
Revision: July 2006
VIAS
2006 Quest
2. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator (1).
2. Install the vacuum gauge (2) as shown in the figure.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve ON and OFF, and check vacuum existence under the following condi-
tions.
OK or NG
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG >> GO TO 4.
:Vehicle front 3. VIAS control solenoid valve
VIAS SOL VALVE Vacuum
ON Should exist.
OFF Should not exist.
PBIB3051E
VIAS
EC-723
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
3. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator (1).
2. Install the vacuum gauge (2) as shown in the figure.
3. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Start engine and let it idle.
5. Apply 12V of direct current between VIAS control solenoid valve (3) terminals 1 and 2.
6. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.
OK or NG
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Stop engine.
2. Check hoses and tubes between intake manifold and power
valve actuator for crack, clogging, improper connection or dis-
connection. Refer to EC-109, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair hoses or tubes.
5. CHECK VACUUM TANK
Refer to EC-725, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace vacuum tank.
:Vehicle front
Condition Vacuum
12V direct current supply Should exist.
No supply Should not exist.
PBIB3052E
SEF109L
EC-724
Revision: July 2006
VIAS
2006 Quest
6. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve (2) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
–: Vehicle front
–1: Power valve actuator
4. Check voltage between terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II
or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
●Harness connectors E5, F14
●IPDM E/R connector E122
●Harness for open or short between VIAS control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
●Harness for open or short between VIAS control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
8. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-725, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve.
BBIA0649E
Voltage: Battery voltage
PBIB0173E
Continuity should exist.
VIAS
EC-725
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-152, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection
EBS00RB3
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Operation takes less than 1 second.
VACUUM TANK
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to vacuum tank.
2. Connect a vacuum pump to the center port of vacuum tank.
3. Apply vacuum and make sure that vacuum exists at the other
port.
Removal and Installation
EBS00RB4
VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-23, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Condition
VIAS SOL VALVE
Air passage continuity
between A and B
Air passage continuity
between A and C
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
PBIB2505E
Condition Air passage continuity
between A and B
Air passage continuity
between A and C
12V direct current supply
between terminals 1 and 2 Yes No
No supply No Yes
PBIB2532E
PBIB0846E
EC-726
Revision: July 2006
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
2006 Quest
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR PFP:24814
Wiring Diagram
EBS00RB5
BBWA2010E
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
EC-727
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
BBWA1653E
EC-728
Revision: July 2006
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
2006 Quest
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
Fuel Pressure
EBS00RB6
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing
EBS00RB7
*: Under the following conditions:
●Air conditioner switch: OFF
●Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
●Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Calculated Load Value
EBS00RB8
Mass Air Flow Sensor
EBS00RB9
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
EBS00RBA
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
EBS00RBB
EGR Temperature Sensor
EBS00RBC
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater
EBS00RBD
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater
EBS00RBE
Fuel pressure at idling kPa (kg/cm2 , psi) Approximately 350 (3.57, 51)
Target idle speed No load* (in P or N position) 4-speed A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
5-speed A/T: 675 ± 50 rpm
Air conditioner: ON In P or N position 825 rpm or more
Ignition timing In P or N position 15° ± 5° BTDC
Conditions Calculated load value % (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
At idle 5 - 35
At 2,500 rpm 5 - 35
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)
Output voltage at idle 1.0 - 1.3*V
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II or GST) 2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec at idle*
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
0 (32) 0.73 - 0.88
50 (122) 0.074 - 0.082
100 (212) 0.011 - 0.014
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 2.3 - 4.3Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 5.0 - 7.0Ω
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
EC-729
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
Revision: July 2006 2006 Quest
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)
EBS00RBF
Refer to EC-395, "Component Inspection" .
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)
EBS00RBG
Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection" .
Throttle Control Motor
EBS00RBH
Fuel Injector
EBS00RBI
Fuel Pump
EBS00RBJ
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 11.1 - 14.5Ω
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω
EC-730
Revision: July 2006
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
2006 Quest

Navigation menu